| blob | 01a3e5d1506536f2cf6b3fa83b6fc79853a044dc |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1721 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1723 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1724 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1725 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1730 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1732 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1738 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1739 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1740 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1741 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1743 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1744 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1745 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1746 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1747 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1749 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1750 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1751 writing before you save the file!
1753 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1754 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1756 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1761 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1763 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1769 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1770 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1771 for a description of this minor mode.
1772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1779 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1781 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1782 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1784 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1785 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1786 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1788 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1789 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1790 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1791 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1792 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1794 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1795 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1797 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1798 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1799 specifies in the mode line.
1803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1805 ;;;***
1806 \f
1807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1808 ;;;;;; 0))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1813 ;;;***
1814 \f
1815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1816 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1819 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1820 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1827 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1828 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1829 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1831 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1832 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1833 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1835 Effects of the different modes:
1836 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1837 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1838 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1839 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1840 a random distance & direction.
1841 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1842 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1843 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1846 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1853 ;;;***
1854 \f
1855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1861 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1863 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1864 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1865 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1873 ;;;***
1874 \f
1875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1876 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1880 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1881 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1882 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1887 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1888 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1889 for a description of this minor mode.
1890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1891 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1897 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1902 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1903 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1904 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1905 seconds.
1909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1911 ;;;***
1912 \f
1913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1914 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1918 Time execution of FORMS.
1919 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1920 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1921 FORMS once.
1922 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1923 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1924 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1931 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1932 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1933 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1934 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1941 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1942 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1943 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1944 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1950 ;;;***
1951 \f
1952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1957 ;;;***
1958 \f
1959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1963 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1964 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1965 of corresponding buffers.
1966 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1967 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1968 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1969 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1970 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1972 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1973 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1974 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1979 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1981 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1983 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1985 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1988 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1989 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1990 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1991 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1995 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1998 Special information:
2002 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2003 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2004 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2009 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2015 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2016 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2017 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2018 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2019 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2020 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2021 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2023 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2025 ----------------------------------------------------------
2026 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2027 if that value is non-nil.
2034 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2035 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2036 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2037 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2038 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2039 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2040 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2041 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2042 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2043 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2044 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2050 ;;;***
2051 \f
2052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2053 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2057 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2063 ;;;***
2064 \f
2065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2070 ;;;***
2071 \f
2072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2073 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2075 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2079 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2080 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2085 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2090 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2096 ;;;***
2097 \f
2098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2099 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2102 Play blackbox.
2103 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2105 What is blackbox?
2107 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2108 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2109 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2110 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2111 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2112 your score.
2114 Overview of play:
2117 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2118 four.
2120 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2121 movement keys.
2123 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2124 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2126 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2129 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2131 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2132 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2133 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2134 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2136 Details:
2138 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2140 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2141 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2142 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2143 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2145 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2146 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2147 denoted by the letter `R'.
2149 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2150 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2151 denoted by the letter `H'.
2153 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2154 example.
2156 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2157 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2158 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2159 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2161 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2162 ray.
2164 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2165 degree deflection it causes.
2167 1
2168 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2169 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2170 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2171 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2172 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2174 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2175 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2176 2 3
2178 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2179 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2182 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2183 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2184 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2185 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2186 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2187 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2188 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2189 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2191 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2192 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2193 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2194 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2195 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2196 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2197 emerging from the box.
2199 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2201 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2202 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2204 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2205 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2206 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2207 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2208 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2210 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2211 a reflection.
2215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2217 ;;;***
2218 \f
2219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2220 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2226 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2227 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2228 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2229 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2230 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2235 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2236 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2238 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2239 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2240 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2241 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2242 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2243 recent one.
2245 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2246 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2247 yank successive words.
2249 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2250 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2251 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2252 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2253 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2256 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2257 the list of bookmarks.)
2262 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2263 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2265 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2266 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2267 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2268 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2269 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2270 ever deletes the most recent one.
2272 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2273 is nil, raise an error.
2275 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2276 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2277 yank successive words.
2279 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2280 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2281 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2282 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2283 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2286 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2287 the list of bookmarks.)
2292 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2293 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2294 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2295 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2296 this.
2298 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2299 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2300 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2301 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2303 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2304 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2306 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2307 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2308 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2313 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2318 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2320 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2321 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2322 after a bookmark was set in it.
2327 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2329 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2330 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2337 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2338 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2339 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2341 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2342 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2343 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2345 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2346 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2347 name.
2352 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2353 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2355 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2356 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2357 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2358 this.
2363 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2365 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2366 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2368 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2369 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2370 probably because we were called from there.
2375 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2382 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2383 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2384 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2385 \(second argument).
2387 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2388 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2389 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2390 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2391 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2393 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2395 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2396 `bookmark-default-file'.
2401 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2402 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2403 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2404 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2405 while loading.
2407 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2408 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2409 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2410 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2411 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2412 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2414 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2415 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2421 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2422 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2423 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2424 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2433 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2437 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2439 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2443 ;;;***
2444 \f
2445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2448 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2449 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2450 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2451 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2453 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2454 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2455 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2456 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2459 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2463 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2464 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2465 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2466 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2468 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2472 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2473 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2474 narrowed.
2476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2479 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2481 \(fn)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2486 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2491 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2492 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2493 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2494 first, if that exists.
2496 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2497 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2498 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2499 ignore it).
2500 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2501 as ARGS.
2503 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2507 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2508 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2509 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2513 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2515 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2516 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2517 says which browser to use.
2519 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2523 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2524 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2526 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2531 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2539 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2540 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2542 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2543 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2551 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2552 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2554 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2555 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2556 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2557 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2560 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2561 new tab in an existing window instead.
2563 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2564 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2571 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2573 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2574 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2578 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2579 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2581 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2582 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2589 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2590 Chromium.
2591 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2593 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2595 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2596 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2597 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2598 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2602 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2603 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2606 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2607 new tab in an existing window instead.
2609 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2610 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2623 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2624 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2626 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2627 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2628 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2629 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2631 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2632 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2634 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2638 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2639 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2641 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2642 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2643 program is invoked according to the variable
2644 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2646 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2647 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2648 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2649 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2651 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2652 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2654 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2656 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2658 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2659 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2660 Default to the URL around or before point.
2662 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2663 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2664 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2666 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2667 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2668 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2669 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2671 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2672 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2674 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2676 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2681 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2683 When called interactively, if variable
2684 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2685 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2686 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2687 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2689 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2690 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2691 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2693 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2694 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2696 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2698 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2699 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2700 Default to the URL around or before point.
2702 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2703 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2704 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2706 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2707 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2709 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2713 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2714 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2716 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2718 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2720 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2721 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2722 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2723 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2724 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2725 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2726 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2728 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2730 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2731 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2732 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2733 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2734 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2736 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2737 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2738 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2739 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2741 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2742 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2744 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2746 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2747 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2748 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2749 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2750 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2751 current one.
2753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2754 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2755 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2756 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2766 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2767 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2768 don't offer a form of remote control.
2770 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2772 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2773 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2774 Default to the URL around or before point.
2775 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2777 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2780 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2781 Default to the URL around the point.
2783 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2784 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2786 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2787 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2789 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2793 ;;;***
2794 \f
2795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2796 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2797 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2799 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2800 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2801 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2802 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2804 \(fn)" t nil)
2806 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2807 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2808 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2809 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2811 \(fn)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2814 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2816 \(fn)" t nil)
2818 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2819 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2821 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2822 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2823 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2828 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2829 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2830 name of buffer configuration.
2832 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2836 ;;;***
2837 \f
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2841 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2842 Play Bubbles game.
2844 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2846 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2847 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2848 columns on its right towards the left.
2855 \(fn)" t nil)
2857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2862 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2865 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2867 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2868 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2870 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2871 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2875 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2876 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2882 ;;;***
2883 \f
2884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2885 ;;;;;; 0))
2886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2890 ;;;***
2891 \f
2892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2893 ;;;;;; 0))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2895 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2896 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2897 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2899 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2904 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2911 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2912 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2913 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2914 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2915 else the global value will be modified.
2917 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2919 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2920 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2921 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2923 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2926 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2927 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2928 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2930 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2931 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2932 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2933 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2934 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2935 before scanning it.
2937 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2938 that already has a `.elc' file.
2940 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2941 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2943 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2945 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2946 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2947 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2948 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2950 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2952 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2953 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2954 Print the result in the echo area.
2955 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2959 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2960 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2961 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2963 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2965 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2966 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2967 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2968 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2969 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2970 all functions called by those functions.
2972 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2973 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2974 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2976 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2977 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2978 invoked interactively.
2980 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2982 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2983 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2984 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2985 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2987 \(fn)" nil nil)
2989 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2990 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2991 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2992 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2993 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2995 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2996 already up-to-date.
2998 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3000 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3001 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3002 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3003 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3005 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3006 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3007 and corresponding effects.
3009 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3013 ;;;***
3014 \f
3015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3016 ;;;;;; 0))
3017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3021 ;;;***
3022 \f
3023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3024 ;;;;;; 0))
3025 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3027 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3031 ;;;***
3032 \f
3033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3034 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3035 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3039 ;;;***
3040 \f
3041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3044 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3046 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3048 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3055 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3060 ;;;***
3061 \f
3062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3063 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3064 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3066 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3067 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3068 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3069 from the cursor position.
3071 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3075 ;;;***
3076 \f
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3082 ;;;***
3083 \f
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3085 ;;;;;; 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3097 ;;;***
3098 \f
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3105 ;;;***
3106 \f
3107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3108 ;;;;;; 0))
3109 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3113 ;;;***
3114 \f
3115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3120 ;;;***
3121 \f
3122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3127 ;;;***
3128 \f
3129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3130 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3135 ;;;***
3136 \f
3137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3138 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3142 ;;;***
3143 \f
3144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3149 ;;;***
3150 \f
3151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3153 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3155 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3160 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3163 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3165 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3166 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3168 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3170 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3171 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3172 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3173 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3175 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3177 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3178 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3179 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3180 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3182 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3184 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3186 This is most useful in the X window system.
3188 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3190 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3194 See calc-keypad for details.
3196 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3198 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3199 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3201 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3203 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3204 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3206 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3208 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3209 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3211 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3213 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3214 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3217 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3219 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3220 Define Calc function.
3222 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3223 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3224 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3226 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3227 actual Lisp function name.
3229 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3231 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3233 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3237 ;;;***
3238 \f
3239 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3240 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3245 ;;;***
3246 \f
3247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3248 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3252 ;;;***
3253 \f
3254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3255 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3259 ;;;***
3260 \f
3261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3262 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3266 ;;;***
3267 \f
3268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3269 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3273 ;;;***
3274 \f
3275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3280 ;;;***
3281 \f
3282 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3283 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3284 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3288 ;;;***
3289 \f
3290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3291 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3295 ;;;***
3296 \f
3297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3298 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3302 ;;;***
3303 \f
3304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3309 ;;;***
3310 \f
3311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3312 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3316 ;;;***
3317 \f
3318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3319 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3323 ;;;***
3324 \f
3325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3330 ;;;***
3331 \f
3332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3337 ;;;***
3338 \f
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3351 ;;;***
3352 \f
3353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3372 ;;;***
3373 \f
3374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3379 ;;;***
3380 \f
3381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3386 ;;;***
3387 \f
3388 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3394 ;;;***
3395 \f
3396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3401 ;;;***
3402 \f
3403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3408 ;;;***
3409 \f
3410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3422 ;;;***
3423 \f
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3436 ;;;***
3437 \f
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3443 ;;;***
3444 \f
3445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3450 ;;;***
3451 \f
3452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3457 ;;;***
3458 \f
3459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3464 ;;;***
3465 \f
3466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3471 ;;;***
3472 \f
3473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3478 ;;;***
3479 \f
3480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3483 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3486 \(fn N)" t nil)
3488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3490 ;;;***
3491 \f
3492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3497 ;;;***
3498 \f
3499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3500 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3504 ;;;***
3505 \f
3506 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3507 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3512 ;;;***
3513 \f
3514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3519 ;;;***
3520 \f
3521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3526 ;;;***
3527 \f
3528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3533 ;;;***
3534 \f
3535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3540 ;;;***
3541 \f
3542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3543 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3545 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3546 Run the Emacs calculator.
3547 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3549 \(fn)" t nil)
3551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3553 ;;;***
3554 \f
3555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3556 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3558 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3559 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3560 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3561 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3562 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3563 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3565 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3566 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3567 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3568 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3569 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3570 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3571 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3573 window.
3575 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3576 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3578 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3579 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3580 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3581 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3582 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3583 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3585 Runs the following hooks:
3587 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3588 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3589 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3591 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3597 ;;;***
3598 \f
3599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3602 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3603 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3605 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3607 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3608 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3609 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3610 it fails.
3612 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3616 ;;;***
3617 \f
3618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3623 ;;;***
3624 \f
3625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3633 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3638 ;;;***
3639 \f
3640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3645 ;;;***
3646 \f
3647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3652 ;;;***
3653 \f
3654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3655 ;;;;;; 0))
3656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3658 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3659 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3661 \(fn)" nil nil)
3663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3665 ;;;***
3666 \f
3667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3677 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3678 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3680 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3681 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3683 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3684 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3686 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3688 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3689 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3690 made from scratch.
3692 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3694 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3695 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3697 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3698 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3699 made from scratch.
3701 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3703 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3704 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3706 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3708 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3709 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3710 made from scratch.
3712 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3714 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3715 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3717 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3718 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3719 made from scratch.
3721 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3723 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3724 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3726 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3728 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3729 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3730 made from scratch.
3732 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3734 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3735 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3737 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3738 variables are guessed:
3740 * `c-basic-offset', and
3741 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3742 `c-offsets-alist'.
3744 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3745 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3747 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3748 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3750 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3751 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3752 guess is made from scratch.
3754 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3755 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3757 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3759 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3760 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3761 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3762 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3764 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3765 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3766 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3768 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3772 ;;;***
3773 \f
3774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3779 ;;;***
3780 \f
3781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3786 ;;;***
3787 \f
3788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3791 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3792 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3793 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3794 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3795 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3796 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3799 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3810 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3811 Major mode for editing C code.
3814 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3815 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3816 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3820 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3821 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3823 Key bindings:
3826 \(fn)" t nil)
3828 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3829 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3831 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3832 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3833 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3834 should be used.
3836 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3837 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3838 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3840 \(fn)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3845 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3846 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3847 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3848 message.
3852 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3853 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3855 Key bindings:
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3861 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3862 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3864 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3865 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3866 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3867 message.
3871 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3872 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3874 Key bindings:
3877 \(fn)" t nil)
3880 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3881 Major mode for editing Java code.
3883 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3884 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3885 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3886 message.
3890 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3891 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3893 Key bindings:
3896 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3900 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3902 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3903 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3904 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3905 message.
3909 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3910 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3912 Key bindings:
3915 \(fn)" t nil)
3917 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3919 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3920 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3922 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3923 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3924 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3925 message.
3929 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3930 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3932 Key bindings:
3935 \(fn)" t nil)
3937 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3938 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3939 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3940 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3942 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3943 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3945 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3946 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3947 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3951 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3952 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3954 Key bindings:
3957 \(fn)" t nil)
3959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3961 ;;;***
3962 \f
3963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3964 ;;;;;; 0))
3965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3967 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3968 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3969 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3970 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3972 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3975 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3976 might get set too.
3978 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3979 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3980 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3981 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3982 in this way.
3984 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3985 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3986 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3987 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3988 a null operation.
3990 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3993 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3994 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3995 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3997 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3999 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4000 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4001 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4003 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4006 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4007 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4008 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4009 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4011 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4019 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4020 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4021 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4025 ;;;***
4026 \f
4027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4030 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4031 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4033 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4035 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4036 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4038 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4040 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4041 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4043 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4044 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4045 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4046 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4047 execution.
4049 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4051 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4053 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4054 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4056 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4057 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4058 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4059 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4061 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4062 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4063 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4064 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4065 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4066 `write' commands.
4068 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4069 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4070 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4071 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4073 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4074 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4075 semantics.
4077 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4079 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4081 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4083 STATEMENT :=
4084 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4085 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4087 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4088 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4089 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4090 | integer
4092 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4094 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4095 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4096 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4098 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4099 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4100 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4102 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4104 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4105 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4106 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4107 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4108 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4109 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4110 ;; last STATEMENT.
4111 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4113 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4114 BREAK := (break)
4116 REPEAT :=
4117 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4118 (repeat)
4119 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4122 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4123 ;; (read REG)
4124 ;; (repeat))
4125 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4126 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4127 ;; (read REG)
4128 ;; (repeat))
4129 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4131 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4132 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4133 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4134 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4135 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4136 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4137 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4138 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4139 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4140 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4141 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4142 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4143 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4144 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4145 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4146 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4148 WRITE :=
4149 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4150 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4151 ;; representation.
4152 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4153 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4154 ;; (write r7))
4155 | (write EXPRESSION)
4156 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4157 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4158 ;; representation.
4159 | (write integer)
4160 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4161 ;; buffer.
4162 | (write string)
4163 ;; Same as: (write string)
4164 | string
4165 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4166 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4167 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4168 ;; representation.
4169 | (write REG ARRAY)
4170 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4171 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4172 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4173 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4174 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4175 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4177 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4178 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4180 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4181 END := (end)
4183 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4184 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4185 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4187 ARG := REG | integer
4189 OPERATOR :=
4190 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4191 + | - | * | / | %
4193 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4194 | & | `|' | ^
4196 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4197 | << | >>
4199 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4200 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4201 | <8
4203 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4204 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4205 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4206 | >8
4208 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4209 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4210 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4211 | //
4213 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4214 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4216 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4217 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4218 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4219 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4220 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4221 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4222 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4223 | de-sjis
4225 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4226 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4227 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4228 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4229 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4230 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4231 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4232 ;; byte of SJIS.
4233 | en-sjis
4235 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4236 ;; Same meaning as C code
4237 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4239 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4240 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4241 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4242 | <8=
4244 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4245 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4246 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4248 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4249 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4250 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4251 | //=
4253 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4256 TRANSLATE :=
4257 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4258 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4259 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4260 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4261 ;; respectively.
4262 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4263 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4264 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4265 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4267 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4268 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4269 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4271 LOOKUP :=
4272 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4274 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4275 ;; respectively.
4276 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4277 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4278 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4280 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4281 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4282 ;; REG.
4283 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4284 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4285 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4287 MAP :=
4288 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4289 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4290 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4291 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4293 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4294 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4295 MAP-ID := integer
4297 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4299 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4301 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4302 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4303 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4304 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4305 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4306 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4308 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4310 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4311 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4312 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4314 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4316 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4320 ;;;***
4321 \f
4322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4325 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4326 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4327 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4328 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4330 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4332 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4334 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4335 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4337 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4341 ;;;***
4342 \f
4343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4352 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4383 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4384 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4392 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4394 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4395 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4396 There are no special keybindings by default.
4399 to the action header.
4401 \(fn)" t nil)
4403 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4404 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4405 There are no special keybindings by default.
4408 to the action header.
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4412 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4413 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4415 \(fn)" t nil)
4417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4419 ;;;***
4420 \f
4421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4424 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4425 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4426 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4427 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4428 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4430 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4431 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4433 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4434 from which to start.
4436 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4444 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4448 ;;;***
4449 \f
4450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4451 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4454 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4455 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4456 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4458 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4460 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4461 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4462 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4464 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4471 ;;;;;; 0))
4472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4473 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4474 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4475 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4476 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4477 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4478 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4481 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4483 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4484 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4486 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4487 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4488 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4490 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4491 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4492 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4493 the users will view as each check is completed.
4495 \(fn)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4498 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4508 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4509 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4510 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4511 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4512 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4513 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4514 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4515 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4517 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4521 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4522 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4523 spacing are all verified.
4525 \(fn)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4529 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4530 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4531 otherwise stop after the first error.
4533 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4535 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4536 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4538 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4540 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4541 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4542 Only documentation strings are checked.
4543 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4544 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4545 a separate buffer.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4552 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4553 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4565 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4566 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4568 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4569 if there is one.
4570 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4572 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4574 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4575 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4576 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4578 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4582 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4583 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4584 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4588 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4589 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4590 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4591 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4592 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4593 space at the end of each line.
4595 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4598 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4599 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4600 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4604 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4605 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4606 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4607 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4609 \(fn)" t nil)
4611 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4612 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4613 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4614 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4618 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4619 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4620 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4621 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4625 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4626 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4627 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4628 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4632 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4633 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4634 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4635 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4640 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4641 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4642 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4644 \(fn)" t nil)
4646 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4647 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4648 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4649 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4654 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4655 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4656 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4660 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4661 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4666 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4667 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4668 checking of documentation strings.
4672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4674 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4675 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4677 \(fn)" t nil)
4679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4681 ;;;***
4682 \f
4683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4684 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4687 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4688 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4689 Return the length of resulting text.
4691 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4693 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4694 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4696 \(fn)" t nil)
4698 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4699 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4700 Return the length of resulting text.
4702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4704 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4705 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4707 \(fn)" t nil)
4709 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4712 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4714 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4717 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4721 ;;;***
4722 \f
4723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4726 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4727 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4728 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4729 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4730 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4731 editing and the result is evaluated.
4733 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4735 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4736 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4737 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4738 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4739 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4741 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4745 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4746 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4747 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4748 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4749 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4751 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4752 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4755 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4756 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4758 \(fn)" t nil)
4760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4762 ;;;***
4763 \f
4764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4772 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4777 ;;;***
4778 \f
4779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4780 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4782 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4784 ;;;***
4785 \f
4786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4787 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4790 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4791 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4792 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4793 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4794 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4795 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4796 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4797 of this function.
4799 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4800 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4801 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4802 property are:
4804 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4805 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4807 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4808 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4809 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4810 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4811 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4812 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4813 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4814 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4815 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4816 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4817 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4818 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4820 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4821 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4822 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4824 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4825 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4826 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4827 list elements are:
4829 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4831 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4833 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4835 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4836 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4838 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4839 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4841 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4842 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4843 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4844 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4845 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4846 value specified by their associated list element.
4848 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4850 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4851 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4852 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4854 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4855 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4856 * indent the first argument by 4.
4857 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4858 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4859 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4861 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4862 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4863 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4864 instead.
4866 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4870 ;;;***
4871 \f
4872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4874 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4876 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4878 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4879 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4880 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4881 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4882 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4883 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4885 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4886 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4888 (autoload 'cl-mapcar "cl-lib" "\
4889 Apply FUNCTION to each element of SEQ, and make a list of the results.
4890 If there are several SEQs, FUNCTION is called with that many arguments,
4891 and mapping stops as soon as the shortest list runs out. With just one
4892 SEQ, this is like `mapcar'. With several, it is like the Common Lisp
4893 `mapcar' function extended to arbitrary sequence types.
4895 \(fn FUNCTION SEQ...)" nil nil)
4897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4899 ;;;***
4900 \f
4901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4902 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4907 ;;;***
4908 \f
4909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4910 ;;;;;; 0))
4911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4912 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4914 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4915 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4916 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4917 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4918 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4920 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4922 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4925 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4927 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4930 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-")))
4934 ;;;***
4935 \f
4936 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4937 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4942 ;;;***
4943 \f
4944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4947 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4948 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4949 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4950 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4952 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4953 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4954 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4955 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4957 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4958 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4960 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4964 ;;;***
4965 \f
4966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4967 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4969 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4970 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4971 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4972 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4973 of `scheme-program-name').
4974 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4975 it is given as initial input.
4976 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4977 discards input when it starts up.
4978 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4979 is run).
4982 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4986 ;;;***
4987 \f
4988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4989 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4991 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4992 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4996 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4997 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4999 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5000 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5001 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5003 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5007 ;;;***
5008 \f
5009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5012 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5013 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5014 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5015 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5016 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5017 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5018 functions have already modified the buffer.
5020 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5022 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5023 either globally or locally.")
5025 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5026 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5027 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5028 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5030 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5031 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5032 `start-file-process'
5033 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5034 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5035 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5037 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5038 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5040 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5042 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5044 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5046 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5047 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5048 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5049 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5050 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5051 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5052 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5053 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5054 process as its initial input.
5056 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5058 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5060 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5062 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5063 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5064 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5065 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5066 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5067 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5069 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5071 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5073 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5074 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5075 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5076 directory tracking functions.")
5078 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5079 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5080 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5082 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5084 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5086 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5087 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5088 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5090 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5092 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5094 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5095 Send COMMAND to current process.
5096 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5097 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5099 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5101 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5102 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5103 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5104 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5106 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5110 ;;;***
5111 \f
5112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5115 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5116 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5117 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5118 to get another window.
5120 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5121 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5123 This command pushes the mark in each window
5124 at the prior location of point in that window.
5125 If both windows display the same buffer,
5126 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5127 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5129 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5130 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5131 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5132 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5133 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5134 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5135 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5136 ignored.
5138 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5139 this command work in interlaced mode:
5140 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5141 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5142 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5144 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5148 ;;;***
5149 \f
5150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5160 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5161 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5163 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5165 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5166 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5167 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5169 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5171 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5172 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5173 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5175 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5177 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5178 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5179 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5180 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5181 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5183 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5184 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5185 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5186 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5189 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5190 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5191 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5192 describing how the process finished.")
5194 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5195 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5196 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5197 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5198 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5200 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5202 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5204 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5206 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5207 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5208 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5209 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5211 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5213 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5214 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5216 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5217 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5220 (lambda ()
5225 (if buffer-file-name
5226 (shell-quote-argument
5227 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5229 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5230 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5232 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5233 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5234 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5235 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5237 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5239 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5240 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5241 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5242 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5245 and move to the source code that caused it.
5247 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5248 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5250 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5251 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5252 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5253 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5254 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5256 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5257 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5259 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5261 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5262 kills its subprocesses.
5264 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5265 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5266 to a function that generates a unique name.
5268 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5270 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5271 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5272 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5273 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5275 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5276 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5278 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5279 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5280 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5281 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5283 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5284 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5285 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5287 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5289 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5291 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5292 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5297 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5301 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5303 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5305 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5306 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5308 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5309 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5311 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5312 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5313 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5314 See `compilation-mode'.
5316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5318 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5319 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5321 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5322 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5324 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5325 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5326 `compilation-mode'.
5328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5330 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5331 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5332 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5334 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5338 ;;;***
5339 \f
5340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5341 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5343 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5344 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5345 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5346 for a description of this minor mode.
5347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5348 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5349 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5351 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5353 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5354 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5363 ;;;***
5364 \f
5365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5366 ;;;;;; 0))
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5369 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5370 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5371 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5372 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5373 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5374 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5375 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5377 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5378 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5379 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5381 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5382 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5383 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5385 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5386 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5387 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5388 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5390 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5391 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5392 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5393 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5394 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5395 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5396 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5400 \(fn)" t nil)
5402 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5403 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5404 Comments start with `#'.
5405 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5409 \[Desktop Entry]
5410 Encoding=UTF-8
5411 Name=The GIMP
5412 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5413 Name[cs]=GIMP
5415 \(fn)" t nil)
5417 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5418 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5419 Comments start with `;'.
5420 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5424 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5425 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5426 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5428 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5429 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5431 \(fn)" t nil)
5433 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5434 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5435 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5436 between `/*' and `*/'.
5437 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5440 // another kind of comment
5441 /* yet another */
5443 name:value
5444 name=value
5445 name value
5446 x.1 =
5447 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5448 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5450 \(fn)" t nil)
5452 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5453 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5455 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5456 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5457 `conf-space-keywords'.
5458 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5459 in an interactive fashion instead.
5461 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5465 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5466 image/png png
5467 image/tiff tiff tif
5469 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5470 class desktop
5471 # Standard multimedia devices
5472 add /dev/audio desktop
5473 add /dev/mixer desktop
5475 \(fn)" t nil)
5477 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5478 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5479 See `conf-space-mode'.
5481 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5483 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5484 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5486 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5493 \(fn)" t nil)
5495 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5496 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5498 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5502 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5505 \(fn)" t nil)
5507 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5508 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5510 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5514 *background: gray99
5515 *foreground: black
5517 \(fn)" t nil)
5519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5521 ;;;***
5522 \f
5523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5526 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5527 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5528 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5529 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5530 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5531 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5533 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5535 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5536 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5537 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5538 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5540 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5542 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5543 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5544 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5545 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5547 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5551 ;;;***
5552 \f
5553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5554 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5556 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5557 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5558 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5560 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5561 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5562 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5563 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5564 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5565 following the copyright are updated as well.
5566 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5567 interactively.
5569 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5571 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5572 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5573 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5574 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5575 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5577 \(fn)" t nil)
5579 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5580 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5582 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5584 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5585 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5586 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5588 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5592 ;;;***
5593 \f
5594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5595 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5597 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5598 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5599 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5600 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5601 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5602 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5603 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5605 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5606 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5607 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5608 Tab indents for Perl code.
5609 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5610 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5612 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5613 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5614 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5618 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5619 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5620 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5621 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5622 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5625 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5627 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5628 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5630 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5632 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5633 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5634 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5636 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5637 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5640 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5644 bite if angry;
5646 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5647 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5648 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5649 to nil.)
5652 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5653 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5655 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5657 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5658 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5659 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5661 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5665 if (A) { B }
5667 into
5669 B if A;
5673 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5674 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5675 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5676 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5677 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5678 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5679 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5680 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5681 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5682 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5683 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5684 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5687 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5689 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5690 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5691 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5692 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5694 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5696 man via menu.
5698 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5699 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5700 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5701 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5705 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5706 span the needed amount of lines.
5708 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5709 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5710 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5711 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5713 Variables controlling indentation style:
5714 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5715 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5717 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5718 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5719 `cperl-auto-newline'
5720 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5721 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5723 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5724 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5725 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5726 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5727 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5728 `cperl-indent-level'
5729 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5730 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5731 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5732 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5733 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5734 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5735 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5736 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5737 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5738 `cperl-brace-offset'
5739 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5740 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5741 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5742 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5743 `cperl-label-offset'
5744 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5745 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5746 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5748 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5749 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5750 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5751 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5752 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5753 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5755 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5758 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5760 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5761 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5762 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5763 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5765 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5766 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5768 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5769 column 0 is indented on
5770 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5772 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5773 with no args.
5775 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5776 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5777 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5781 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5782 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5784 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5787 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5793 ;;;***
5794 \f
5795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5798 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5799 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5800 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5801 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5802 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5806 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5807 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5809 \(fn)" t nil)
5811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5818 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5819 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5820 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5822 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5823 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5827 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5830 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5834 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5835 with empty strings removed.
5837 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5846 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5847 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5852 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5855 \(fn)" t nil)
5857 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5858 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5859 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5860 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5861 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5862 on what is seen near point.
5864 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5868 ;;;***
5869 \f
5870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5873 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5874 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5875 See the `cua-mode' command
5876 for a description of this minor mode.
5877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5879 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5881 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5883 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5884 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5886 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5887 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5889 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5890 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5891 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5892 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5893 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5894 normal function of these prefix keys.
5896 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5897 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5898 options:
5899 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5900 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5901 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5903 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5904 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5905 the prefix fallback behavior.
5907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5909 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5910 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5916 ;;;***
5917 \f
5918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5928 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5929 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5930 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5936 ;;;***
5937 \f
5938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5942 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5944 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5945 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5950 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5951 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5952 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5953 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5954 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5955 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5961 ;;;***
5962 \f
5963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5964 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5968 ;;;***
5969 \f
5970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5971 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5973 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5974 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5976 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5978 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5979 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5981 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5983 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5984 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5986 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5988 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5989 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5991 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5992 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5994 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5995 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5997 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5999 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6001 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6002 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6003 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6005 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6006 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6008 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6009 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6011 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6012 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6014 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6016 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6018 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6019 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6020 Return VALUE.
6022 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6023 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6025 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6026 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6028 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6029 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6031 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6033 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6035 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6036 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6037 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6038 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6040 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6041 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6042 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6044 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6046 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6047 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6049 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6050 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6052 \(fn)" t nil)
6054 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6055 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6056 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6057 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6058 for the MODE to customize.
6060 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6062 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6063 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6064 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6066 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6068 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6069 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6071 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6073 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6075 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6076 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6078 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6080 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6082 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6083 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6084 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6086 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6088 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6089 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6090 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6091 as part of Emacs itself.
6093 Each elements looks like this:
6095 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6097 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6098 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6099 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6100 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6101 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6102 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6103 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6104 and `defface'.
6106 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6114 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6115 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6116 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6117 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6119 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6121 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6122 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6123 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6124 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6125 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6126 release.
6128 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6129 that were added or redefined since that version.
6131 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6133 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6134 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6135 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6136 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6138 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6140 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6141 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6143 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6146 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6147 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6149 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6150 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6152 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6154 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6155 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6157 \(fn)" t nil)
6159 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6160 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6162 \(fn)" t nil)
6164 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6165 Customize all saved options and faces.
6167 \(fn)" t nil)
6169 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6170 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6171 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6172 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6173 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6174 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6176 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6177 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6178 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6180 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6182 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6183 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6185 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6187 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6188 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6190 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6192 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6193 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6195 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6198 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6199 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6200 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6202 \(fn)" nil nil)
6204 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6205 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6206 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6207 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6208 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6209 that option.
6210 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6212 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6214 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6215 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6216 The result includes selecting that window.
6217 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6218 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6219 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6220 that option.
6221 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6223 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6225 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6226 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6228 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6230 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6231 File used for storing customization information.
6232 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6233 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6234 it should be an absolute file name.
6236 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6237 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6238 something like the following in your init file:
6241 \(load custom-file)
6243 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6244 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6246 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6247 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6248 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6249 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6250 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6252 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6253 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6254 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6255 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6256 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6257 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6259 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6260 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6261 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6263 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6265 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6266 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6268 \(fn)" nil nil)
6270 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6271 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6273 \(fn)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6276 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6277 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6279 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6282 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6283 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6284 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6285 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6287 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6291 ;;;***
6292 \f
6293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6296 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6297 Create or edit a custom theme.
6298 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6299 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6300 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6301 from the Custom save file.
6302 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6303 named *Custom Theme*.
6305 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6307 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6308 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6310 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6313 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6315 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6317 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6318 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6319 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6320 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6322 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6326 ;;;***
6327 \f
6328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6331 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6332 Mode used for cvs status output.
6334 \(fn)" t nil)
6336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6338 ;;;***
6339 \f
6340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6342 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6344 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6345 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6347 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6349 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6350 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6351 C++ modes are included.
6353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6354 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6355 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6359 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6361 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6362 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6363 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6364 for a description of this minor mode.
6365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6366 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6367 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6369 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6371 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6372 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6373 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6374 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6375 ARG is omitted or nil.
6377 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6378 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6379 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6385 ;;;***
6386 \f
6387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6388 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6391 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6392 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6394 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6396 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6397 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6399 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6401 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6402 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6403 For readability, the table is slightly
6404 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6406 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6407 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6408 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6409 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6410 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6412 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6420 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6421 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6422 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6423 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6425 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6426 Completion on current word.
6428 and presents suggestions for completion.
6430 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6431 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6432 completions.
6435 then it searches *all* buffers.
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6439 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6442 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6443 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6444 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6445 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6446 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6447 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6448 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6449 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6451 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6452 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6454 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6455 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6456 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6458 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6459 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6467 ;;;***
6468 \f
6469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6472 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6473 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6475 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6479 ;;;***
6480 \f
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6484 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6485 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6486 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6487 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6488 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6490 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6494 ;;;***
6495 \f
6496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6499 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6500 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6502 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6503 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6504 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6506 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6507 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6508 Data lines are not indented.
6510 Key bindings:
6513 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6520 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6522 dcl-basic-offset
6523 Extra indentation within blocks.
6525 dcl-continuation-offset
6526 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6528 dcl-margin-offset
6529 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6531 dcl-margin-label-offset
6532 Indentation for a label.
6534 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6535 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6537 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6538 dcl-block-end-regexp
6539 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6540 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6541 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6542 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6543 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6545 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6546 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6547 Two such functions are included in the package:
6548 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6549 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6551 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6552 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6553 One such function is included in the package:
6554 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6556 dcl-tab-always-indent
6557 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6558 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6559 margin.
6561 dcl-electric-characters
6562 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6563 typed.
6565 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6566 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6567 which words trigger electric indentation.
6569 dcl-tempo-comma
6570 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6571 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6572 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6574 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6575 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6576 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6577 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6579 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6580 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6581 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6582 dcl-imenu-label-call
6583 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6585 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6586 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6587 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6588 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6591 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6593 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6594 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6595 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6596 $ i = 1
6597 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6598 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6599 $ label:
6600 $ if i.eq.1
6601 $ then
6602 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6603 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6604 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6605 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6608 $ type sys$input
6609 Data lines are not indented at all.
6610 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6611 $ endif
6612 $
6615 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6616 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6622 ;;;***
6623 \f
6624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6627 (setq debugger 'debug)
6629 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6631 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6632 of the evaluator.
6634 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6635 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6636 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6638 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6640 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6641 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6643 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6645 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6646 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6647 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6648 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6649 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6650 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6653 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6655 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6657 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6659 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6660 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6661 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6663 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6665 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6666 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6668 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6670 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6671 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6672 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6674 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6675 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6676 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6677 watchpoint.
6680 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6681 another symbol also cancels it.
6683 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6685 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6687 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6689 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6690 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6691 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6693 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6695 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6704 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6705 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6707 \(fn)" t nil)
6709 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6710 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6711 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6712 Upper-case letters are commands.
6714 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6715 modify it.
6717 The most useful commands are:
6721 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6725 \(fn)" t nil)
6727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6729 ;;;***
6730 \f
6731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6733 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6735 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6736 Customization of `columns' group.
6738 \(fn)" t nil)
6740 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6741 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6743 START and END delimits the text region.
6745 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6747 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6748 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6750 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6759 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6761 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6763 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6764 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6765 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6766 for a description of this minor mode.
6767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6769 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6771 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6773 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6774 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6776 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6777 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6779 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6780 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6781 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6782 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6784 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6785 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6791 ;;;***
6792 \f
6793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6796 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6797 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6799 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6801 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6802 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6803 or nil if there is no parent.
6805 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6806 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6807 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6808 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6810 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6811 arguments are currently understood:
6812 :group GROUP
6813 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6814 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6815 :syntax-table TABLE
6816 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6817 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6818 :abbrev-table TABLE
6819 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6820 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6821 :after-hook FORM
6822 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6823 run. It should not be quoted.
6825 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6829 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6830 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6831 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6833 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6834 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6838 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6840 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6841 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6843 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6844 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6846 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6848 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6850 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6852 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6853 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6854 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6855 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6856 the first time the mode is used.
6858 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6862 ;;;***
6863 \f
6864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6867 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6868 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6869 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6870 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6871 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6872 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6873 otherwise.
6875 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6877 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6878 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6879 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6880 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6882 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6883 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6884 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6886 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6887 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6888 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6889 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6890 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6891 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6892 relevant to POS.
6894 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6896 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6897 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6899 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6900 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6901 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6902 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6903 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6904 minibuffer window for width limit.
6906 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6907 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6909 \(fn)" nil nil)
6911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6913 ;;;***
6914 \f
6915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6918 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6919 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6920 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6921 for a description of this minor mode.
6922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6924 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6926 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6928 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6929 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6931 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6932 is omitted or nil.
6934 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6935 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6936 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6937 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6942 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6943 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6945 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6947 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6951 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6952 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6953 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6954 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6956 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6958 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6959 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6961 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6962 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6963 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6965 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6968 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6969 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6970 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6972 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6973 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6974 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6975 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6977 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6979 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6980 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6982 Handlers are called with argument list
6984 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6986 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6988 `desktop-file-version'
6989 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6990 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6991 `desktop-buffer-point'
6992 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6993 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6994 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6996 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6997 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6999 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7000 code like
7002 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7003 ...
7007 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7009 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7011 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7013 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7014 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7015 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7016 List elements must have the form
7018 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7020 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7021 function.
7023 Handlers are called with argument list
7025 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7027 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7029 `desktop-file-version'
7030 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7031 `desktop-buffer-name'
7032 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7033 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7034 `desktop-buffer-point'
7035 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7036 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7037 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7039 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7040 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7041 created and set.
7043 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7044 code like
7046 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7047 ...
7051 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7053 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7055 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7057 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7059 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7060 Empty the Desktop.
7061 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7062 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7063 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7064 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7065 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7066 if different).
7068 \(fn)" t nil)
7070 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7071 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7072 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7073 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7074 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7075 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7076 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7077 do not rewrite the file.
7079 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7080 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7081 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7082 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7083 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7084 file.
7086 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7087 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7088 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7089 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7090 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7091 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7092 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7093 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7094 without further confirmation.
7096 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7098 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7099 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7100 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7102 \(fn)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7105 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7106 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7107 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7108 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7109 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7110 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7111 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7113 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7116 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7117 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7119 \(fn)" nil nil)
7121 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7123 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7124 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7125 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7126 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7127 directory DIRNAME.
7129 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7131 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7132 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7134 \(fn)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7137 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7143 ;;;***
7144 \f
7145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7148 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7149 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7150 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7151 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7152 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7153 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7155 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7157 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7158 Repair a broken attribution line.
7159 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7161 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7164 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7165 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7166 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7168 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7170 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7171 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7173 \(fn)" t nil)
7175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7177 ;;;***
7178 \f
7179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7187 ;;;;;; 0))
7188 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7190 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7191 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7192 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7193 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7194 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7199 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7200 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7201 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7203 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7204 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7205 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7206 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7208 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7209 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7211 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7216 \(diary-mail-entries)
7218 # diary-rem.el ends here
7220 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7223 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7225 \(fn)" t nil)
7227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7229 ;;;***
7230 \f
7231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7234 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7235 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7237 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7239 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7240 The command to use to run diff.")
7242 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7244 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7245 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7246 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7247 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7248 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7249 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7251 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7252 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7253 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7255 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7258 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7259 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7260 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7261 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7262 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7264 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7267 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7269 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7271 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7272 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7273 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7275 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7284 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7285 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7286 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7287 normal diffs.
7289 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7290 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7291 headers for you on-the-fly.
7299 \(fn)" t nil)
7301 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7302 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7304 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7305 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7313 ;;;***
7314 \f
7315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7318 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7319 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7320 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7322 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7326 ;;;***
7327 \f
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7329 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7331 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7332 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7333 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7334 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7335 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7336 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7338 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7339 each option.
7340 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7341 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7342 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7344 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7346 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7347 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7348 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7349 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7350 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7351 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7353 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7355 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7356 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7358 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7359 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7361 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7362 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7363 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7364 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7365 listing have no effect.
7371 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7373 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7374 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7376 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7379 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7380 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7382 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7385 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7387 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7388 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7390 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7392 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7395 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7398 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7401 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7403 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7406 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7407 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7408 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7409 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7411 to see why something went wrong.
7416 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7423 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7424 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7427 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7429 again for the directory tree.
7432 for more info):
7434 `dired-listing-switches'
7435 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7436 `dired-marker-char'
7437 `dired-del-marker'
7438 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7439 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7440 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7441 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7445 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7446 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7447 `dired-mode-hook'
7448 `dired-load-hook'
7450 Keybindings:
7453 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7454 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7458 ;;;***
7459 \f
7460 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7461 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7462 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7466 ;;;***
7467 \f
7468 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7469 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7474 ;;;***
7475 \f
7476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7479 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7480 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7482 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7483 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7485 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7486 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7487 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7489 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7490 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7491 directory.
7493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7495 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7496 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7497 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7498 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7499 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7500 from `default-directory'.
7502 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7506 ;;;***
7507 \f
7508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7511 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7512 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7513 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7514 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7515 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7516 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7518 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7522 ;;;***
7523 \f
7524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7527 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7528 Return a new, empty display table.
7530 \(fn)" nil nil)
7532 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7533 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7534 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7535 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7536 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7538 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7540 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7541 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7542 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7543 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7544 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7546 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7548 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7549 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7551 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7553 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7554 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7558 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7559 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7561 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7562 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7564 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7565 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7566 byte.
7568 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7569 in the default way after this call.
7571 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7573 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7576 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7578 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7579 Display character C using printable string S.
7581 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7583 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7585 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7586 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7588 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7590 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7591 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7592 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7593 X frame.
7595 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7597 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7598 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7600 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7602 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7603 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7605 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7608 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7610 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7612 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7613 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7615 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7617 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7618 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7620 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7622 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7623 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7625 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7626 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7628 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7629 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7631 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7632 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7633 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7634 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7636 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7637 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7638 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7639 in `.emacs'.
7641 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7645 ;;;***
7646 \f
7647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7650 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7651 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7652 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7653 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7654 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7655 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7656 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7657 Default is 2.
7659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7661 ;;;***
7662 \f
7663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7666 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7667 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7668 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7669 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7670 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7671 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7672 private or ask).
7673 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7674 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7675 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7676 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7677 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7679 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7690 ;;;***
7691 \f
7692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7695 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7696 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7697 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7698 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7699 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7700 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7701 table and its own syntax table.
7703 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7705 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7708 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7709 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7711 \(fn)" t nil)
7713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7715 ;;;***
7716 \f
7717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7718 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7721 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7722 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7723 OpenDocument format).
7725 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7727 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7728 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7730 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7731 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7734 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7737 \(fn)" t nil)
7739 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7740 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7741 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7742 to the next best mode.
7744 \(fn)" nil nil)
7746 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7747 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7749 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7750 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7752 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7759 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7763 ;;;***
7764 \f
7765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7768 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7769 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7771 \(fn)" t nil)
7773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7775 ;;;***
7776 \f
7777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7782 ;;;***
7783 \f
7784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7789 ;;;***
7790 \f
7791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7796 ;;;***
7797 \f
7798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7799 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7803 ;;;***
7804 \f
7805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7806 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7808 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7809 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7811 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7812 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7814 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7815 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7821 ;;;***
7822 \f
7823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7825 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7827 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7828 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7830 \(fn)" t nil)
7832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7834 ;;;***
7835 \f
7836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7837 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7838 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7842 ;;;***
7843 \f
7844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7845 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7848 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7850 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7851 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7852 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7853 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7854 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7856 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7857 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7858 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7859 and disables it otherwise.
7861 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7862 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7863 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7864 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7866 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7867 documenting what its argument does.
7869 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7870 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7871 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7872 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7873 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7874 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7875 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7876 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7877 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7879 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7880 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7881 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7882 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7883 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7884 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7885 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7886 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7887 the minor mode is global):
7889 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7891 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7892 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7893 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7894 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7895 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7896 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7897 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7898 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7899 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7900 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7901 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7902 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7903 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7904 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7905 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7906 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7907 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7908 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7909 in :variable).
7911 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7912 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7914 For example, you could write
7917 ...BODY CODE...)
7919 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7921 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7923 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7925 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7927 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7928 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7929 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7930 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7931 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7932 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7933 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7934 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7935 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7936 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7937 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7938 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7940 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7941 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7942 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7943 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7944 call another major mode in their body.
7946 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7947 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7948 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7950 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7952 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7954 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7955 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7956 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7957 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7958 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7959 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7960 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7962 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7964 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7965 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7966 :inherit Parent keymap.
7967 :group Ignored.
7968 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7969 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7971 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7974 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7975 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7976 the constant's documentation.
7978 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7980 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7981 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7982 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7984 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7988 ;;;***
7989 \f
7990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7991 ;;;;;; 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7994 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7995 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7996 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7997 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7999 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8000 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8001 as a top-level menu bar item.
8003 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8004 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8005 pairs:
8007 :filter FUNCTION
8008 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8009 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8010 items to actually display.
8012 :visible INCLUDE
8013 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8014 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8015 alias for `:visible'.
8017 :active ENABLE
8018 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8019 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8020 an alias for `:active'.
8022 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8023 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8025 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8027 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8029 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8030 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8032 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8033 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8035 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8037 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8039 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8040 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8042 :keys KEYS
8043 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8044 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8045 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8046 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8048 :key-sequence KEYS
8049 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8050 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8051 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8052 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8054 :active ENABLE
8055 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8056 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8057 alias for `:active'.
8059 :visible INCLUDE
8060 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8061 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8062 `:visible'.
8064 :label FORM
8065 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8066 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8068 :suffix FORM
8069 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8070 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8072 :style STYLE
8073 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8074 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8075 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8077 :selected SELECTED
8078 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8079 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8081 :help HELP
8082 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8084 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8085 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8086 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8088 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8089 MENU. This is a submenu.
8091 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8093 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8095 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8098 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8100 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8101 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8102 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8103 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8105 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8107 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8108 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8109 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8110 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8111 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8112 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8114 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8115 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8116 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8118 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8119 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8120 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8122 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8123 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8125 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8129 ;;;***
8130 \f
8131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8136 ;;;***
8137 \f
8138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8157 ;;;***
8158 \f
8159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8171 ;;;***
8172 \f
8173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8178 ;;;***
8179 \f
8180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8182 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8184 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Customization for ebnf group.
8187 \(fn)" t nil)
8189 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8190 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8192 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8194 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8195 processed.
8197 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8201 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8202 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8205 killed after process termination.
8207 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8212 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8214 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8215 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8216 it to the printer.
8218 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8219 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8220 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8221 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8227 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8229 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8231 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8232 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8234 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8236 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8237 processed.
8239 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8241 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8244 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8246 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8247 killed after process termination.
8249 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8251 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8254 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8255 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8256 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8258 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8260 \(fn)" t nil)
8262 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8263 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8264 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8266 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8268 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8270 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8271 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8273 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8275 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8276 processed.
8278 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8280 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8282 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8283 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8285 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8286 killed after EPS generation.
8288 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8290 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8293 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8295 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8296 The EPS file name has the following form:
8298 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8300 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8303 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8304 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8305 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8309 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8310 files.
8312 \(fn)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8315 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8317 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8318 The EPS file name has the following form:
8320 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8322 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8325 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8326 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8327 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8331 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8332 files.
8334 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8336 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8338 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8339 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8341 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8343 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8344 are processed.
8346 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8348 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8351 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8353 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8354 killed after syntax checking.
8356 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8358 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8361 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8363 \(fn)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8366 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8368 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8370 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8371 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8373 \(fn)" nil nil)
8375 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8376 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8378 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8380 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8382 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8383 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8385 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8387 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8389 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8390 Delete style NAME.
8392 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8394 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8397 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8399 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8401 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8404 Set STYLE as the current style.
8406 Returns the old style symbol.
8408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8410 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8413 Reset current style.
8415 Returns the old style symbol.
8417 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8419 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8422 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8424 Returns the old style symbol.
8426 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8428 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8430 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8433 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8435 Returns the old style symbol.
8437 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8439 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8441 \(fn)" t nil)
8443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8445 ;;;***
8446 \f
8447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8451 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8452 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8453 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8454 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8457 Tree mode key bindings:
8460 \(fn)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8463 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8465 \(fn)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8468 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8473 View declaration of member at point.
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8478 Find declaration of member at point.
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8483 View definition of member at point.
8485 \(fn)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8488 Find definition of member at point.
8490 \(fn)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8493 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8495 \(fn)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8498 View definition of member at point in other window.
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8503 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8508 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8513 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8518 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8520 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8523 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8524 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8525 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8526 completion.
8528 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8531 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8532 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8533 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8535 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8538 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8539 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8540 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8545 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8546 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8551 Search for call sites of a member.
8552 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8553 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8554 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8555 looks like a function call to the member.
8557 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8560 Move backward in the position stack.
8561 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8563 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8566 Move forward in the position stack.
8567 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8571 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8572 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8574 \(fn)" t nil)
8576 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8577 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8579 \(fn)" t nil)
8581 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8582 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8583 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8584 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8586 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8589 Display statistics for a class tree.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8595 ;;;***
8596 \f
8597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8600 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8602 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8604 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8605 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8606 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8608 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8611 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8612 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8613 also has this effect.
8615 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8626 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8635 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8636 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8637 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8639 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8643 ;;;***
8644 \f
8645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8648 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8651 \(fn)" nil nil)
8653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8659 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8661 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8662 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8663 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8664 for a description of this minor mode.
8665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8667 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8669 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8671 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8672 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8674 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8675 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8677 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8678 an EDE controlled project.
8680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8684 ;;;***
8685 \f
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8694 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8699 ;;;***
8700 \f
8701 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8702 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8715 ;;;***
8716 \f
8717 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8718 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8738 ;;;***
8739 \f
8740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8741 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8746 ;;;***
8747 \f
8748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8749 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8754 ;;;***
8755 \f
8756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8757 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8765 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8781 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8789 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8794 ;;;***
8795 \f
8796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8797 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8816 ;;;***
8817 \f
8818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8823 ;;;***
8824 \f
8825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8826 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8834 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8839 ;;;***
8840 \f
8841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8842 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8847 ;;;***
8848 \f
8849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8858 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8863 ;;;***
8864 \f
8865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8866 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8874 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8882 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8887 ;;;***
8888 \f
8889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8890 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8895 ;;;***
8896 \f
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8898 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8906 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8914 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8926 ;;;***
8927 \f
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8933 ;;;***
8934 \f
8935 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8936 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8944 ;;;;;; 0))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8957 ;;;***
8958 \f
8959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8962 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8963 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8964 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8965 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8966 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8968 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8969 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8971 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8973 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8975 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8976 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8977 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8978 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8980 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8982 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8983 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8984 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8985 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8987 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8989 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8991 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8992 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8993 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8994 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8995 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8997 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8998 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8999 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9000 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9001 instrumented for Edebug.
9003 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9004 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9005 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9006 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9007 already is one.)
9009 \(fn)" t nil)
9011 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9012 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9014 \(fn)" t nil)
9016 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9017 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9027 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9029 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9030 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9032 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9034 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9035 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9037 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9039 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9041 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9043 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9044 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9045 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9046 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9048 \(fn)" t nil)
9050 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9051 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9052 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9053 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9055 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9058 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9060 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9062 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9064 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9065 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9067 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9069 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9071 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9072 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9073 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9074 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9076 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9078 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9080 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9081 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9082 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9083 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9085 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9087 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9089 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9090 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9091 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9092 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9094 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9096 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9098 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9099 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9100 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9101 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9103 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9105 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9107 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9108 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9109 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9110 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9111 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9112 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9114 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9116 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9117 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9118 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9119 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9121 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9123 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9125 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9126 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9127 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9128 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9130 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9132 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9134 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9136 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9137 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9138 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9139 follows:
9140 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9141 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9143 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9145 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9146 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9147 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9148 follows:
9149 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9150 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9152 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9154 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9155 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9156 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9157 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9158 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9160 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9162 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9163 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9164 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9165 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9166 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9167 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9169 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9171 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9173 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9174 Merge two files without ancestor.
9176 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9178 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9179 Merge two files with ancestor.
9181 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9183 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9185 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9186 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9188 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9191 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9193 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9195 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9196 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9197 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9198 buffer.
9200 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9203 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9204 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9205 buffer.
9207 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9209 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9210 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9211 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9212 and don't ask the user.
9213 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9214 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9216 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9218 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9219 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9220 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9221 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9222 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9223 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9224 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9225 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9227 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9229 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9231 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9233 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9234 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9235 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9236 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9237 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9239 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9241 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9243 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9244 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9245 When called interactively, displays the version.
9247 \(fn)" t nil)
9249 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9250 Display Ediff's manual.
9251 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9253 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9255 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9258 \(fn)" nil nil)
9260 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9263 \(fn)" nil nil)
9265 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9268 \(fn)" nil nil)
9270 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9273 \(fn)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9280 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9283 \(fn)" nil nil)
9285 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9288 \(fn)" nil nil)
9290 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9293 \(fn)" nil nil)
9295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9309 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9323 ;;;***
9324 \f
9325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9330 ;;;***
9331 \f
9332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9335 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9336 Display Ediff's registry.
9338 \(fn)" t nil)
9340 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9344 ;;;***
9345 \f
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9351 ;;;***
9352 \f
9353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9356 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9357 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9358 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9359 which see.
9361 \(fn)" t nil)
9363 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9364 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9365 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9366 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9382 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9386 ;;;***
9387 \f
9388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9390 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9392 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9393 Edit a keyboard macro.
9394 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9395 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9396 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9397 its command name.
9398 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9400 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9402 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9403 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9405 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9407 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9408 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9410 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9412 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9413 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9415 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9419 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9420 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9421 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9422 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9424 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9426 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9427 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9428 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9429 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9430 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9431 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9433 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9437 ;;;***
9438 \f
9439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9442 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9443 Set scroll margins.
9444 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9445 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9447 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9449 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9450 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9452 \(fn)" t nil)
9454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9456 ;;;***
9457 \f
9458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9459 ;;;;;; 0))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9464 ;;;***
9465 \f
9466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9467 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9472 ;;;***
9473 \f
9474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9479 ;;;***
9480 \f
9481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9482 ;;;;;; 0))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9492 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9494 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9495 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9496 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9497 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9498 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9500 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9501 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9504 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9505 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9506 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9508 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9509 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9510 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9512 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9513 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9514 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9516 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9518 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9521 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9529 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9533 ;;;***
9534 \f
9535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9536 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9541 ;;;***
9542 \f
9543 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9544 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9549 ;;;***
9550 \f
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9552 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9554 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9556 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9557 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9558 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9559 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9560 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9561 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9562 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9564 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9571 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9576 ;;;***
9577 \f
9578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9579 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9584 ;;;***
9585 \f
9586 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9587 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9592 ;;;***
9593 \f
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9595 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9600 ;;;***
9601 \f
9602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9605 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34) ((nth 0 electric-quote-chars) nth 1 electric-quote-chars) ((nth 2 electric-quote-chars) nth 3 electric-quote-chars)) "\
9606 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9608 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9609 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9610 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9612 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9614 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9615 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9616 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9617 for a description of this minor mode.
9618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9620 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9622 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9624 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9625 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9627 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9628 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9630 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9631 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9632 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9633 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9637 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9638 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9649 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9650 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9652 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9653 an elided material again.
9655 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9661 ;;;***
9662 \f
9663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9666 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9667 Lint the file FILE.
9669 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9671 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9672 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9673 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9675 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9677 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9678 Lint the current buffer.
9679 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9681 \(fn)" t nil)
9683 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9684 Lint the function at point.
9685 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9687 \(fn)" t nil)
9689 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9690 Initialize elint.
9691 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9692 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9694 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9703 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9704 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9705 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9707 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9709 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9710 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9711 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9712 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9714 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9716 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9717 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9718 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9722 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9724 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9725 Display current profiling results.
9726 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9727 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9728 displayed.
9730 \(fn)" t nil)
9732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9734 ;;;***
9735 \f
9736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9737 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9738 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9742 ;;;***
9743 \f
9744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9745 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9750 ;;;***
9751 \f
9752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9753 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9758 ;;;***
9759 \f
9760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9761 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9762 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9766 ;;;***
9767 \f
9768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9769 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9774 ;;;***
9775 \f
9776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9777 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9778 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9782 ;;;***
9783 \f
9784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9790 ;;;***
9791 \f
9792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9801 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9806 ;;;***
9807 \f
9808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9817 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9822 ;;;***
9823 \f
9824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9825 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9830 ;;;***
9831 \f
9832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9841 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9846 ;;;***
9847 \f
9848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9849 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9854 ;;;***
9855 \f
9856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9862 ;;;***
9863 \f
9864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9865 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9870 ;;;***
9871 \f
9872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9875 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9876 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9877 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9878 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9879 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9880 ARG is omitted or nil.
9882 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9883 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9884 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9885 used instead.
9887 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9889 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9890 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9891 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9893 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9904 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9905 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9906 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9908 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9910 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9914 ;;;***
9915 \f
9916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9919 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9920 Run Emerge on two files.
9922 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9924 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9925 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9927 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9930 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9932 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9934 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9935 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9937 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9939 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9942 \(fn)" nil nil)
9944 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9949 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9952 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9954 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9957 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9959 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9960 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9962 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9964 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9965 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9967 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9969 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9972 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9981 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9982 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9983 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9984 text/enriched format.
9986 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9987 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9988 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9990 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9992 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9995 Commands:
9999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10001 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10004 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10006 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10018 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10019 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10021 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10023 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10024 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10026 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10028 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10029 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10030 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10031 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10032 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10033 the keys are listed.
10034 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10036 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10038 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10039 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10040 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10042 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10044 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10045 Verify FILE.
10047 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10049 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10050 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10052 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10054 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10055 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10057 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10059 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10060 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10062 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10063 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10064 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10065 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10067 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10068 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10069 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10070 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10071 should consider using the string based counterpart
10072 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10073 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10075 For example:
10078 (decode-coding-string
10079 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10082 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10084 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10085 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10087 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10088 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10090 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10092 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10094 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10095 Verify the current region between START and END.
10097 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10098 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10099 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10100 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10101 should consider using the string based counterpart
10102 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10103 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10105 For example:
10108 (decode-coding-string
10109 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10114 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10116 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10117 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10118 between START and END.
10120 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10121 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10125 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10127 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10128 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10130 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10131 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10132 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10133 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10134 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10135 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10137 For example:
10140 (epg-sign-string
10141 context
10144 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10146 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10148 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10149 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10151 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10152 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10153 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10154 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10155 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10156 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10158 For example:
10161 (epg-encrypt-string
10162 context
10164 nil))
10166 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10168 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10170 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10171 Delete selected KEYS.
10173 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10176 Import keys from FILE.
10178 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10180 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10181 Import keys from the region.
10183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10185 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10186 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10187 between START and END.
10189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10191 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10192 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10194 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10196 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10197 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10199 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10203 ;;;***
10204 \f
10205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10208 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10209 Decrypt marked files.
10211 \(fn)" t nil)
10213 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10214 Verify marked files.
10216 \(fn)" t nil)
10218 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10219 Sign marked files.
10221 \(fn)" t nil)
10223 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10224 Encrypt marked files.
10226 \(fn)" t nil)
10228 ;;;***
10229 \f
10230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10233 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10236 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10238 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10241 \(fn)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10246 \(fn)" t nil)
10248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10250 ;;;***
10251 \f
10252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10255 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10256 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10258 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10259 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10264 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10265 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10267 \(fn)" t nil)
10269 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10271 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10272 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10273 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10275 \(fn)" t nil)
10277 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10279 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10280 Sign the current buffer.
10281 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10283 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10285 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10287 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10288 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10289 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10290 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10291 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10292 and also whether and how to sign.
10294 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10295 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10296 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10298 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10300 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10302 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10303 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10304 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10306 \(fn)" t nil)
10308 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10310 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10311 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10312 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10313 for a description of this minor mode.
10314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10316 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10318 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10320 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10321 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10323 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10324 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10330 ;;;***
10331 \f
10332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10334 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10336 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10337 Return a context object.
10339 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10343 ;;;***
10344 \f
10345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10348 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10349 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10350 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10351 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10353 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10354 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10355 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10356 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10357 version requirement is met.
10359 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10361 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10362 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10364 \(fn)" nil nil)
10366 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10368 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10369 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10371 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10373 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10374 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10376 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10380 ;;;***
10381 \f
10382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10383 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10384 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10386 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10387 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10389 \(fn)" nil nil)
10391 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10392 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10393 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10395 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10397 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10398 (server (erc-compute-server))
10399 (port (erc-compute-port))
10400 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10401 password
10402 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10404 That is, if called with
10408 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10409 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10410 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10412 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10414 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10416 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10417 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10418 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10420 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10423 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10424 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10425 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10427 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10431 ;;;***
10432 \f
10433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10434 ;;;;;; 0))
10435 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10436 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10440 ;;;***
10441 \f
10442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10447 ;;;***
10448 \f
10449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10451 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10455 ;;;***
10456 \f
10457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10459 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10463 ;;;***
10464 \f
10465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10467 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10471 ;;;***
10472 \f
10473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10475 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10477 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10478 Parser for /dcc command.
10479 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10481 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10483 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10485 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10486 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10488 \(fn)" nil nil)
10490 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10491 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10493 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10494 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10495 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10496 that subcommand.
10498 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10502 ;;;***
10503 \f
10504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10505 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10506 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10507 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10514 ;;;;;; 0))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10517 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10518 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10520 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10522 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10523 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10524 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10525 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10527 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10529 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10532 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10534 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10535 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10537 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10539 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10540 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10542 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10544 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10545 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10547 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10549 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10550 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10552 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10554 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10555 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10557 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10559 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10560 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10562 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10564 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10565 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10567 \(fn)" nil nil)
10569 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10570 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10572 \(fn)" nil nil)
10574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10576 ;;;***
10577 \f
10578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10579 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10580 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10582 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10583 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10584 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10586 \(fn)" nil nil)
10588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10590 ;;;***
10591 \f
10592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10597 ;;;***
10598 \f
10599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10604 ;;;***
10605 \f
10606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10607 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10608 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10610 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10611 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10612 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10613 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10614 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10615 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10616 system.
10618 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10623 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10627 ;;;***
10628 \f
10629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10630 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10632 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10635 \(fn)" nil nil)
10637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10639 ;;;***
10640 \f
10641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10642 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10643 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10658 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10662 ;;;***
10663 \f
10664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10666 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10668 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10669 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10670 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10671 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10672 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10673 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10675 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10677 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10678 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10679 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10680 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10682 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10683 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10684 automatically.
10686 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10687 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10693 ;;;***
10694 \f
10695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10697 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10699 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10700 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10704 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10705 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10707 \(fn)" t nil)
10709 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10710 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10712 \(fn)" t nil)
10714 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10715 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10717 \(fn)" t nil)
10719 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10720 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10722 \(fn)" t nil)
10724 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10725 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10727 \(fn)" t nil)
10729 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10730 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10732 \(fn)" t nil)
10734 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10735 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10737 \(fn)" t nil)
10739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10741 ;;;***
10742 \f
10743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10745 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10749 ;;;***
10750 \f
10751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10752 ;;;;;; 0))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10754 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10756 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10757 Show who's gone.
10759 \(fn)" nil nil)
10761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10763 ;;;***
10764 \f
10765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10766 ;;;;;; 0))
10767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10769 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10771 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10772 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10774 \(fn)" nil nil)
10776 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10777 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10779 \(fn)" t nil)
10781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10783 ;;;***
10784 \f
10785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10787 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10790 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10791 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10792 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10794 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10796 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10799 \(fn)" nil nil)
10801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10803 ;;;***
10804 \f
10805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10807 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10811 ;;;***
10812 \f
10813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10814 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10816 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10820 ;;;***
10821 \f
10822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10824 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10828 ;;;***
10829 \f
10830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10832 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10836 ;;;***
10837 \f
10838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10839 ;;;;;; 0))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10841 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10843 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10844 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10846 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10848 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10850 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10852 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10856 ;;;***
10857 \f
10858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10860 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10864 ;;;***
10865 \f
10866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10867 ;;;;;; 0))
10868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10870 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10871 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10872 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10874 \(fn)" t nil)
10876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10881 ;;;;;; 0))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10883 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10887 ;;;***
10888 \f
10889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10890 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10891 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10895 ;;;***
10896 \f
10897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10900 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10901 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10902 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10903 for a description of this minor mode.")
10905 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10907 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10908 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10913 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10914 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10915 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10916 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10926 ;;;;;; 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10928 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10930 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10931 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10932 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10933 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10935 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10937 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10938 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10939 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10941 \(fn)" t nil)
10943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10945 ;;;***
10946 \f
10947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10949 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10951 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10952 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10958 ;;;***
10959 \f
10960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10963 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10964 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10966 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10967 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10969 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10970 useful for assertions in BODY.
10972 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10974 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10975 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10976 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10980 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10982 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10984 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10986 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10988 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10989 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10991 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10992 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10996 Returns the stats object.
10998 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11000 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11001 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11003 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11004 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11005 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11006 the tests).
11008 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11010 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11011 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11013 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11014 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11015 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11016 and how to display message.
11018 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11020 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11022 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11023 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11025 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11029 ;;;***
11030 \f
11031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11034 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11036 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11037 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11039 \(fn)" t nil)
11041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11050 ;;;***
11051 \f
11052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11057 ;;;***
11058 \f
11059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11064 ;;;***
11065 \f
11066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11067 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11071 ;;;***
11072 \f
11073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11076 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11077 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11083 ;;;***
11084 \f
11085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11086 ;;;;;; 0))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11091 ;;;***
11092 \f
11093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11098 ;;;***
11099 \f
11100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11105 ;;;***
11106 \f
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11108 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11112 ;;;***
11113 \f
11114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11119 ;;;***
11120 \f
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11123 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11125 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11126 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11127 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11128 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11129 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11130 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11131 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11132 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11133 buffer selected (or created).
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11137 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11138 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11139 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11141 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11144 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11145 The result might be any Lisp object.
11146 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11147 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11148 corresponding to a successful execution.
11150 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11152 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11156 ;;;***
11157 \f
11158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11161 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11162 File name of tags table.
11163 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11164 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11165 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11166 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11167 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11168 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11170 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11171 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11172 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11173 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11175 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11177 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11178 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11180 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11181 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11182 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11184 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11186 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11187 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11188 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11190 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11192 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11193 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11194 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11195 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11196 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11198 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11200 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11205 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11207 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11209 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11210 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11211 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11213 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11215 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11216 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11218 \(fn)" t nil)
11220 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11221 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11222 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11223 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11226 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11227 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11229 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11230 file the tag was in.
11232 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11234 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11235 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11236 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11237 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11238 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11239 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11240 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11241 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11242 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11243 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11244 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11245 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11247 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11249 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11250 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11251 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11252 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11253 without directory names.
11255 \(fn)" nil nil)
11257 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11260 \(fn)" nil nil)
11261 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11262 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11263 (progn
11264 (load "etags")
11265 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11267 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11268 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11269 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11270 but does not select the buffer.
11271 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11273 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11274 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11275 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11276 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11279 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11281 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11283 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11285 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11287 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11289 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11290 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11291 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11292 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11294 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11295 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11296 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11297 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11300 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11302 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11304 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11306 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11308 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11310 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11312 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11313 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11314 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11315 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11316 around or before point.
11318 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11319 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11320 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11321 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11324 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11326 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11328 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11330 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11332 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11334 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11336 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11337 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11338 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11339 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11340 around or before point.
11342 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11343 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11344 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11345 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11348 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11350 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11352 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11354 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11356 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11358 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11360 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11361 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11362 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11364 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11365 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11366 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11367 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11370 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11372 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11374 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11376 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11378 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11380 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11382 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11384 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11385 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11387 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11388 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11389 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11391 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11392 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11394 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11395 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11397 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11399 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11401 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11402 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11404 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11405 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11406 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11407 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11408 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11410 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11412 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11413 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11414 Stops when a match is found.
11417 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11418 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11419 restricted to these files.
11421 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11423 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11425 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11426 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11427 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11430 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11432 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11433 produce the list of files to search.
11435 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11437 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11439 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11440 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11441 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11442 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11443 directory specification.
11445 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11447 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11448 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11450 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11452 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11454 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11455 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11456 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11457 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11459 \(fn)" t nil)
11461 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11462 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11463 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11464 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11467 \(fn)" t nil)
11469 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11472 \(fn)" nil nil)
11474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11476 ;;;***
11477 \f
11478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11479 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11482 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11485 \(fn)" nil nil)
11487 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11488 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11490 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11491 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11493 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11494 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11495 primary language.
11497 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11498 even if the buffer is read-only.
11500 See also the descriptions of the variables
11501 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11503 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11505 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11506 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11508 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11509 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11511 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11512 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11513 primary language.
11515 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11516 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11518 See also the descriptions of the variables
11519 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11521 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11523 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11525 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11528 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11530 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11531 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11532 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11533 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11535 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11536 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11537 primary language.
11539 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11540 buffer is read-only.
11542 See also the descriptions of the variables
11543 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11544 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11546 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11548 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11549 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11551 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11552 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11554 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11555 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11556 the primary language.
11558 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11559 buffer is read-only.
11561 See also the descriptions of the variables
11562 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11563 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11565 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11567 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11571 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11573 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11574 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11578 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11579 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11581 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11582 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11583 be 1, 2, or 3.
11585 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11586 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11587 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11589 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11591 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11593 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11594 This function is deprecated.
11596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11598 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11599 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11601 \(fn)" t nil)
11603 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11604 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11606 \(fn)" t nil)
11608 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11609 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11612 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11614 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11615 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11617 \(fn)" nil nil)
11619 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11620 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11622 \(fn)" nil nil)
11624 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11625 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11627 \(fn)" nil nil)
11629 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11630 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11632 \(fn)" nil nil)
11634 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11635 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11636 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11640 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11643 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11647 ;;;***
11648 \f
11649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11650 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11652 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11653 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11654 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11655 server for future sessions.
11657 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11659 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11660 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11661 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11663 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11665 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11666 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11667 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11669 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11671 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11672 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11673 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11674 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11675 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11676 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11677 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11678 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11679 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11680 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11681 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11682 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11684 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11686 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11687 Display a form to query the directory server.
11688 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11689 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11691 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11693 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11694 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11695 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11697 \(fn)" t nil)
11699 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11709 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11714 Display URL and make it clickable.
11719 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11724 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11729 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11734 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11740 ;;;***
11741 \f
11742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11746 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11747 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11752 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11758 ;;;***
11759 \f
11760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11761 ;;;;;; 0))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11765 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11771 ;;;***
11772 \f
11773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11774 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11778 ;;;***
11779 \f
11780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11785 ;;;***
11786 \f
11787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11792 ;;;***
11793 \f
11794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11799 ;;;***
11800 \f
11801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11805 Create an empty ewoc.
11807 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11809 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11810 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11811 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11812 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11813 `insert-before-markers'.
11815 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11816 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11817 respectively, of the ewoc.
11819 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11820 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11821 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11827 ;;;***
11828 \f
11829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11833 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11834 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11835 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11841 Fetch URL and render the page.
11842 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11843 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11849 Render FILE using EWW.
11854 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11855 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11860 Mode for browsing the web.
11870 Display the bookmarks.
11876 ;;;***
11877 \f
11878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11879 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11883 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11889 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11891 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11892 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11897 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11898 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11899 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11900 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11901 executable.
11906 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11907 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11908 file modes.
11912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11920 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11921 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11922 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11924 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11926 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11927 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11928 to generate such functions.
11930 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11931 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11932 beginning of the expanded text.
11934 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11935 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11936 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11937 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11939 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11944 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11945 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11950 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11951 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11956 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11957 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11965 ;;;***
11966 \f
11967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11968 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11978 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11979 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11987 Key definitions:
11990 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11992 `f90-do-indent'
11993 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11994 `f90-if-indent'
11995 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11996 `f90-type-indent'
11997 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11998 `f90-program-indent'
11999 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12000 (default 2).
12001 `f90-associate-indent'
12002 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12003 `f90-critical-indent'
12004 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12005 `f90-continuation-indent'
12006 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12007 `f90-comment-region'
12010 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12011 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12013 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12016 `f90-break-delimiters'
12017 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12019 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12020 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12021 (default t).
12022 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12023 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12024 `f90-smart-end'
12025 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12026 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12027 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12028 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12029 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12030 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12031 `f90-leave-line-no'
12032 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12034 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12035 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12041 ;;;***
12042 \f
12043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12047 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12048 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12049 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12051 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12052 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12053 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12054 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12055 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12057 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12058 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12059 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12060 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12061 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12062 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12063 attributes.
12065 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12066 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12071 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12072 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12073 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12078 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12079 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12080 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12082 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12083 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12084 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12086 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12087 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12088 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12089 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12094 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12095 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12097 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12098 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12099 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12100 the same amount).
12105 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12106 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12108 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12109 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12110 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12111 will remove any scaling currently active.
12116 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12117 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12126 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12128 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12130 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12131 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12133 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12134 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12135 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12137 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12138 the face height as long as the input event read
12139 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12141 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12142 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12143 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12144 will remove any scaling currently active.
12146 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12147 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12148 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12149 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12150 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12155 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12157 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12158 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12159 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12164 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12165 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12166 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12167 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12168 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12169 `buffer-face-mode'.
12171 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12172 local, and sets it to FACE.
12177 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12178 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12179 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12180 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12181 `face' text property.
12183 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12184 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12185 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12186 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12188 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12189 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12194 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12195 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12196 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12202 ;;;***
12203 \f
12204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12209 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12210 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12211 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12216 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12221 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12222 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12223 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12228 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12229 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12230 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12231 backup file names and the like).
12236 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12237 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12238 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12239 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12240 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12241 internally by feedmail):
12243 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12244 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12245 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12246 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12248 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12249 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12250 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12251 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12252 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12258 ;;;***
12259 \f
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12264 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12265 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12266 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12268 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12269 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12274 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12275 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12276 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12277 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12278 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12279 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12286 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12287 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12288 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12289 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12290 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12295 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12296 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12297 Return value:
12298 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12299 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12300 * otherwise, nil
12305 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12306 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12311 Try to get a file name at point.
12312 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12317 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12323 ;;;***
12324 \f
12325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12329 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12330 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12331 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12336 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12337 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12338 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12339 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12340 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12345 Add FILE to the file cache.
12350 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12351 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12356 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12357 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12362 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12363 This function does not use any external programs.
12364 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12365 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12366 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12371 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12372 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12373 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12374 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12375 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12376 \(directories) is done.
12380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12388 Handle file system monitoring event.
12389 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12391 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12393 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12405 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12407 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12408 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12409 Local Variables list.
12411 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12412 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12413 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12418 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12423 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12425 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12426 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12427 the -*- line.
12429 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12430 then this function adds it.
12435 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12440 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12445 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12450 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12455 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12460 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12468 Add PROFILES for remote servers.
12469 CRITERIA is either a regular expression identifying a remote
12470 server, or a function with one argument IDENTIFICATION, which
12471 returns non-nil when a remote server shall apply PROFILE's
12472 variables. If CRITERIA is nil, it always applies.
12473 PROFILES are the names of a connection profile (a symbol).
12475 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12476 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12477 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12478 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12479 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12484 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12485 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12486 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12487 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12489 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12490 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12491 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profile'. Then
12492 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12493 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12494 in order.
12499 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12500 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12501 will not be changed.
12506 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12507 Execute BODY, and unwind connection local variables.
12513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12515 ;;;***
12516 \f
12517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12521 Filesets initialization.
12522 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12528 ;;;***
12529 \f
12530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12535 Initiate the building of a find command.
12536 For example:
12543 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12544 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12556 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12557 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12561 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12567 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12568 and run Dired on those files.
12569 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12570 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12574 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12579 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12580 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12585 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12592 ;;;***
12593 \f
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12597 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12598 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12599 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12600 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12601 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12602 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12608 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12609 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12611 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12618 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12619 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12621 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12622 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12624 Variables of interest include:
12626 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12627 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12628 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12630 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12631 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12632 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12634 - `ff-ignore-include'
12635 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12637 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12638 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12640 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12641 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12643 - `ff-special-constructs'
12644 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12645 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12646 extracting the filename from that construct.
12648 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12649 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12651 - `ff-search-directories'
12652 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12653 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12655 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12656 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12658 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12659 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12661 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12662 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12664 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12665 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12667 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12668 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12673 Visit the file you click on.
12678 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12684 ;;;***
12685 \f
12686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12687 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12691 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12692 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12693 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12694 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12695 buffer.
12700 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12701 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12702 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12704 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12705 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12706 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12707 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12712 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12714 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12715 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12716 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12717 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12719 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12720 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12721 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12723 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12724 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12725 in `load-path'.
12730 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12732 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12733 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12734 places point before the definition.
12735 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12737 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12738 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12739 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12744 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12746 See `find-function' for more details.
12751 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12753 See `find-function' for more details.
12758 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12760 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12761 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12762 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12764 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12765 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12770 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12772 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12773 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12774 places point before the definition.
12776 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12778 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12779 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12780 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12785 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12787 See `find-variable' for more details.
12792 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12794 See `find-variable' for more details.
12799 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12800 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12801 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12802 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12803 buffer nor display it.
12805 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12806 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12811 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12813 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12814 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12815 places point before the definition.
12817 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12819 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12820 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12821 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12826 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12827 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12832 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12833 See `find-function-on-key'.
12838 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12839 See `find-function-on-key'.
12844 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12849 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12854 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12860 ;;;***
12861 \f
12862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12866 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12871 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12876 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12889 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12894 Display FILE's commentary section.
12895 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12900 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12912 Toggle flow control handling.
12914 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12919 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12921 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12923 to get the effect of a C-q.
12927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12929 ;;;***
12930 \f
12931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12946 ;;;***
12947 \f
12948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12953 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12955 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12956 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12962 Turn flymake mode on.
12967 Turn flymake mode off.
12976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12978 ;;;***
12979 \f
12980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12981 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12984 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12990 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12991 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12992 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12993 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12995 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12996 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12997 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12999 Bindings:
13005 Hooks:
13006 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13008 Remark:
13009 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13010 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13011 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13013 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13014 consider adding:
13016 in your init file.
13024 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13029 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13034 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13039 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13044 Flyspell whole buffer.
13048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13058 ;;;***
13059 \f
13060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13064 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13069 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13074 Toggle Follow mode.
13075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13079 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13080 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13082 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13083 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13084 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13086 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13087 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13088 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13089 movement commands.
13091 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13092 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13093 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13094 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13095 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13096 mileage may vary).
13098 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13101 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13103 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13105 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13111 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13112 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13114 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13115 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13117 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13118 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13120 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13125 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13126 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13128 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13129 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13131 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13132 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13134 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13139 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13141 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13142 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13144 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13145 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13147 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13152 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13154 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13155 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13157 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13158 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13160 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13165 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13167 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13168 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13169 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13170 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13171 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13172 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13174 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13175 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13176 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13182 ;;;***
13183 \f
13184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13185 ;;;;;; 0))
13186 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13190 ;;;***
13191 \f
13192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13197 Toggle Footnote mode.
13198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13199 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13202 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13203 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13204 play around with the following keys:
13209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13211 ;;;***
13212 \f
13213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13218 ;;;***
13219 \f
13220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13221 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13224 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13226 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13227 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13228 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13229 C-c < forms-first-record <
13230 C-c > forms-last-record >
13231 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13232 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13233 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13234 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13235 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13236 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13237 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13238 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13239 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13240 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13245 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13250 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13256 ;;;***
13257 \f
13258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13262 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13263 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13266 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13270 Key definitions:
13273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13275 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13277 `fortran-do-indent'
13278 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13279 `fortran-if-indent'
13280 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13281 `fortran-structure-indent'
13282 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13283 (default 3)
13284 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13285 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13286 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13287 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13288 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13289 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13290 nil don't change the indentation
13291 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13292 value of either
13293 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13294 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13295 depending on the continuation format in use.
13296 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13297 indentation for a line of code.
13298 (default `fixed')
13299 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13300 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13302 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13303 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13305 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13306 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13307 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13308 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13309 column 5.
13310 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13312 statements (default nil).
13313 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13315 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13316 `fortran-continuation-string'
13317 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13319 `fortran-comment-region'
13322 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13323 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13324 as typed (default t).
13325 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13326 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13328 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13329 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13341 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13343 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13344 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13349 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13351 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13352 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13357 Compile fortune file.
13359 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13360 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13365 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13367 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13368 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13369 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13370 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13375 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13376 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13377 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13382 Display a fortune cookie.
13383 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13384 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13385 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13386 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13392 ;;;***
13393 \f
13394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13397 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13398 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13401 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13402 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13406 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13408 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13409 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13411 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13412 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13413 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13414 intend to modify existing values, do
13416 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13418 before changing anything.
13420 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13421 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13423 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13424 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13425 to restore the frame.
13427 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13428 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13429 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13431 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13432 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13433 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13434 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13435 FILTER A filter function.
13437 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13438 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13440 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13442 where
13444 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13445 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13446 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13447 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13448 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13449 before restoring it.
13450 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13452 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13453 It must return:
13454 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13455 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13456 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13458 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13462 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13463 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13464 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13465 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13466 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13467 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13472 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13477 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13478 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13479 If nil, check all live frames.
13484 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13485 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13486 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13487 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13488 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13489 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13490 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13491 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13492 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13493 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13498 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13500 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13501 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13502 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13503 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13504 and window-state is not restored.
13506 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13507 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13509 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13510 t All existing frames can be reused.
13511 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13512 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13513 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13514 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13516 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13517 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13518 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13519 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13520 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13521 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13522 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13523 be created from that parameter alist.
13525 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13526 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13527 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13528 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13529 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13530 - the live frame just restored,
13531 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13532 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13533 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13536 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13537 nil Keep all frames.
13538 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13539 - FRAME, a live frame.
13540 - ACTION, which can be one of
13541 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13542 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13543 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13544 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13545 Return value is ignored.
13547 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13548 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13549 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13550 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13551 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13553 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13555 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13558 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13559 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13564 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13565 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13570 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13572 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13574 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13580 ;;;***
13581 \f
13582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13583 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13587 ;;;***
13588 \f
13589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13595 ;;;***
13596 \f
13597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13602 ;;;***
13603 \f
13604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13608 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13609 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13615 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13616 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13617 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13618 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13619 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13620 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13625 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13627 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13628 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13629 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13630 for your debugger.
13631 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13632 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13633 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13634 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13639 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13640 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13641 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13642 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13644 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13645 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13646 shown in some of the buffers.
13648 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13650 The following commands help control operation :
13652 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13653 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13655 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13656 detailed description of this mode.
13659 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13660 | GDB Toolbar |
13661 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13662 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13663 | | |
13664 | | |
13665 | | |
13666 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13667 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13668 | | (comint-mode) |
13669 | | |
13670 | | |
13671 | | |
13672 | | |
13673 | | |
13674 | | |
13675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13676 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13677 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13678 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13679 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13686 ;;;***
13687 \f
13688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13689 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13694 ;;;***
13695 \f
13696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13700 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13701 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13705 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13707 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13708 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13709 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13710 documentation string instead.
13712 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13713 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13717 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13718 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13719 enders are actually possible.
13721 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13722 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13724 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13725 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13726 `font-lock-keywords'.
13728 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13729 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13730 runs the macro expansion.
13732 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13733 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13734 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13736 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13738 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13745 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13750 Enter generic mode MODE.
13752 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13754 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13756 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13757 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13762 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13763 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13764 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13765 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13766 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13767 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13768 `font-lock-keywords'.
13774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13776 ;;;***
13777 \f
13778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13783 ;;;***
13784 \f
13785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13789 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13791 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13792 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13793 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13799 ;;;***
13800 \f
13801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13805 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13806 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13811 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13813 Guideline for numbers:
13814 1 - error messages
13815 3 - non-serious error messages
13816 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13817 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13818 9 - messages inside loops.
13823 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13824 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13829 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13834 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13836 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13837 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13839 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13840 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13841 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13843 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13844 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13849 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13855 ;;;***
13856 \f
13857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13864 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13869 Read network news.
13870 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13871 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13872 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13873 name of an NNTP server to use.
13874 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13875 server.
13880 Read news as a slave.
13885 Pop up a frame to read news.
13886 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13887 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13888 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13889 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13890 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13892 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13893 current display is used.
13898 Read network news.
13899 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13900 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13901 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13907 ;;;***
13908 \f
13909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13913 Start Gnus unplugged.
13918 Start Gnus plugged.
13923 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13928 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13930 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13931 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13932 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13934 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13935 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13936 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13941 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13946 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13947 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13948 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13949 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13950 supported.
13955 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13956 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13957 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13958 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13959 supported.
13964 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13969 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13970 downloaded into the agent.
13975 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13976 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13977 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13982 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13987 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13992 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13993 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13999 ;;;***
14000 \f
14001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14005 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14011 ;;;***
14012 \f
14013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14018 ;;;***
14019 \f
14020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14025 ;;;***
14026 \f
14027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14028 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14032 Set a bookmark for this article.
14037 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14042 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14043 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14044 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14045 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14051 ;;;***
14052 \f
14053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14057 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14059 Usage:
14060 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14065 Generate the cache active file.
14070 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14075 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14076 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14077 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14078 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14079 supported.
14084 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14085 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14086 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14087 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14088 supported.
14092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14094 ;;;***
14095 \f
14096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14101 ;;;***
14102 \f
14103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14108 ;;;***
14109 \f
14110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14115 ;;;***
14116 \f
14117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14121 Delay this article by some time.
14122 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14124 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14125 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14127 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14128 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14130 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14131 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14136 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14141 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14142 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14143 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14145 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14146 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14152 ;;;***
14153 \f
14154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14159 ;;;***
14160 \f
14161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14176 ;;;***
14177 \f
14178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14182 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14188 ;;;***
14189 \f
14190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14194 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14200 ;;;***
14201 \f
14202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14207 ;;;***
14208 \f
14209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14214 ;;;***
14215 \f
14216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14220 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14227 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14229 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14234 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14239 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14241 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14242 different input formats.
14247 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14249 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14250 different input formats.
14255 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14256 The PNG is returned as a string.
14261 Convert FILE to a Face.
14262 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14263 726 bytes.
14268 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14270 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14275 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14281 ;;;***
14282 \f
14283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14284 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14288 Display gravatar in the From header.
14289 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14294 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14295 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14307 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14308 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14309 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14314 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14337 ;;;***
14338 \f
14339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14340 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14345 ;;;***
14346 \f
14347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14352 ;;;***
14353 \f
14354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14360 Run batched scoring.
14361 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14367 ;;;***
14368 \f
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14374 ;;;***
14375 \f
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14381 ;;;***
14382 \f
14383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14392 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14393 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14398 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14406 ;;;***
14407 \f
14408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14412 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14413 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14414 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14415 group parameters.
14417 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14418 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14419 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14420 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14422 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14423 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14424 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14425 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14426 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14427 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14428 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14429 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14430 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14431 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14436 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14437 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14438 nil CATCH-ALL).
14440 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14441 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14446 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14447 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14449 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14454 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14455 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14457 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14459 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14460 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14461 existing groups are considered.
14463 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14464 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14465 returned.
14467 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14468 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14469 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14470 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14471 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14472 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14473 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14474 clauses will be generated.
14476 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14477 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14478 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14479 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14480 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14481 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14483 For example, given the following group parameters:
14485 nnml:mail.bar:
14488 nnml:mail.foo:
14493 nnml:mail.others:
14494 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14508 ;;;***
14509 \f
14510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14514 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14515 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14516 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14517 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14518 instead.
14520 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14523 Mail to ADDRESS.
14528 Like `message-reply'.
14532 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14536 ;;;***
14537 \f
14538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14543 Send a notification on new message.
14544 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14545 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14546 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14548 This is typically a function to add in
14549 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14555 ;;;***
14556 \f
14557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14561 Display picons in the From header.
14562 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14567 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14568 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14573 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14574 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14580 ;;;***
14581 \f
14582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14586 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14587 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14588 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14593 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14594 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14595 LIST1 is modified.
14600 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14601 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14611 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14612 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14617 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14618 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14625 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14626 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14631 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14632 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14637 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14638 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14643 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14649 ;;;***
14650 \f
14651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14652 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14656 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14661 Install the registry hooks.
14665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14667 ;;;***
14668 \f
14669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14670 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14675 ;;;***
14676 \f
14677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14682 ;;;***
14683 \f
14684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14689 ;;;***
14690 \f
14691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14695 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14696 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14697 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14698 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14699 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14704 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14705 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14706 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14707 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14718 ;;;***
14719 \f
14720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14724 Update the format specification near point.
14728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14730 ;;;***
14731 \f
14732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14737 ;;;***
14738 \f
14739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14743 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14749 ;;;***
14750 \f
14751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14755 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14756 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14762 ;;;***
14763 \f
14764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14769 ;;;***
14770 \f
14771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14776 ;;;***
14777 \f
14778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14783 ;;;***
14784 \f
14785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14790 ;;;***
14791 \f
14792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14797 ;;;***
14798 \f
14799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14803 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14809 ;;;***
14810 \f
14811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14815 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14816 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14817 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14818 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14819 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14827 ;;;***
14828 \f
14829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14833 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14835 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14836 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14837 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14839 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14840 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14841 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14843 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14846 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14847 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14855 ;;;***
14856 \f
14857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14863 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14864 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14865 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14866 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14871 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14872 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14873 or to send e-mail.
14874 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14875 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14877 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14878 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14884 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14886 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14887 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14892 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14898 ;;;***
14899 \f
14900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14901 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14904 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14905 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14910 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14916 ;;;***
14917 \f
14918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14928 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14929 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14930 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14932 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14933 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14940 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14941 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14951 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14955 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14959 The default find program.
14960 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14964 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14965 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14969 How to invoke find and grep.
14970 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14971 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14972 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14973 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14984 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14985 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14995 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15000 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15002 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15005 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15006 arguments.
15008 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15009 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15011 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15012 can easily repeat a grep command.
15014 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15015 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15016 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15017 list is empty).
15022 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15023 Collect output in a buffer.
15025 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15027 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15028 easily repeat a find command.
15035 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15036 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15037 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15038 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15041 before it is executed.
15044 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15045 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15046 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15053 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15054 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15055 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15056 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15059 before it is executed.
15062 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15063 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15064 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15069 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15070 to specify a command to run.
15075 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15076 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15077 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
15085 ;;;***
15086 \f
15087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
15092 ;;;***
15093 \f
15094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15098 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15099 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15100 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15101 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15102 for your debugger.
15103 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15104 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15105 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15106 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15111 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15112 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15113 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15118 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15119 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15120 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15125 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15126 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15127 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15129 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15130 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15135 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15136 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15137 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15142 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15143 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15144 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15149 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15150 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15151 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15156 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15159 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15161 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15162 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15163 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15164 original source file access method.
15166 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15167 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15172 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15177 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15178 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15179 for a description of this minor mode.
15180 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15181 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15187 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15188 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15189 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15190 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15196 ;;;***
15197 \f
15198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15202 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15203 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15204 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15205 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15206 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15207 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15208 set it to.
15209 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15214 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15215 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15216 of PLACE.
15217 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15218 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15219 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15220 and SETTER.
15221 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15222 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15229 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15230 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15231 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15232 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15243 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15245 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15248 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15249 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15250 well for simple place forms.
15251 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15252 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15253 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15254 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15255 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15256 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15264 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15265 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15266 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15267 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15269 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15270 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15271 (let ((temp VAL))
15272 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15273 temp)
15274 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15279 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15280 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15281 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15282 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15283 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15290 Return a reference to PLACE.
15291 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15292 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15294 binding mode.
15300 ;;;***
15301 \f
15302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15307 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15308 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15310 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15311 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15312 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15313 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15319 ;;;***
15320 \f
15321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15322 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15323 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15327 ;;;***
15328 \f
15329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15333 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15338 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15339 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15340 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15342 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15347 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15348 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15349 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15350 to be updated.
15354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15356 ;;;***
15357 \f
15358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15362 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15367 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15368 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15373 Verify a hashcash payment
15378 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15379 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15380 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15381 `mail-add-payment-async').
15386 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15387 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15388 Calculation is asynchronous.
15393 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15394 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15400 ;;;***
15401 \f
15402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15406 Return the help-echo string at point.
15407 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15408 property, or nil, is returned.
15409 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15410 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15411 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15416 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15417 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15418 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15419 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15424 Display local help in the echo area.
15425 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15426 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15427 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15428 printed instead.
15430 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15431 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15432 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15437 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15438 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15443 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15444 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15449 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15450 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15451 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15452 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15453 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15454 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15455 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15456 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15457 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15458 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15460 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15461 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15462 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15463 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15464 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15466 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15467 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15468 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15469 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15470 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15471 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15472 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15478 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15479 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15480 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15481 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15482 considered different regions.
15484 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15485 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15486 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15487 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15488 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15489 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15490 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15491 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15492 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15497 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15498 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15499 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15500 different regions.
15502 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15503 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15504 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15505 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15506 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15507 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15508 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15509 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15511 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15512 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15513 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15514 rarely happens in practice.
15519 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15520 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15521 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15522 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15523 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15529 ;;;***
15530 \f
15531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15532 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15535 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15536 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15541 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15542 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15547 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15548 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15549 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15550 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15551 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15552 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15554 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15555 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15556 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15557 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15558 suitable file is found, return nil.
15568 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15569 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15570 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15575 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15576 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15577 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15578 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15579 it is displayed along with the global value.
15584 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15585 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15586 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15587 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15588 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15593 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15594 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15595 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15600 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15601 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15602 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15603 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15608 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15613 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15619 ;;;***
15620 \f
15621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15625 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15626 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15627 window listing and describing the options.
15633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15635 ;;;***
15636 \f
15637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15638 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15641 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15642 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15643 Commands:
15649 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15654 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15661 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15662 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15663 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15666 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15668 restore it properly when going back.
15673 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15674 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15675 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15676 from `help-mode'.
15678 it does not already exist.
15683 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15685 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15686 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15687 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15688 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15689 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15690 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15691 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15692 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15694 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15695 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15696 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15697 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15699 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15700 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15701 that.
15706 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15707 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15708 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15709 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15710 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15715 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15716 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15717 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15718 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15723 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15730 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15731 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15732 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15738 ;;;***
15739 \f
15740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15744 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15749 Provide help for current mode.
15753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15755 ;;;***
15756 \f
15757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15762 ;;;***
15763 \f
15764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15765 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15769 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15770 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15771 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15773 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15774 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15777 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15778 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15779 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15781 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15782 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15783 periods.
15785 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15786 in hexl format.
15788 A sample format:
15790 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15791 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15792 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15793 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15794 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15795 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15796 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15797 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15798 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15799 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15800 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15801 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15802 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15803 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15804 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15806 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15807 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15808 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15810 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15811 also supported.
15813 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15815 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15816 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15817 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15820 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15821 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15824 into the buffer at the current point.
15827 into the buffer at the current point.
15830 into the buffer at the current point.
15834 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15835 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15844 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15845 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15846 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15851 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15852 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15858 ;;;***
15859 \f
15860 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
15861 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
15862 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
15864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
15866 ;;;***
15867 \f
15868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15872 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15877 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15879 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15880 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15882 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15883 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15884 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15885 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15889 which can be called interactively, are:
15892 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15895 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15896 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15897 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15900 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15903 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15904 available face automatically.
15907 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15910 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15912 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15914 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15915 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15916 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15917 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15918 function returns t.
15921 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15923 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15924 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15925 form:
15926 Hi-lock: FOO
15928 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15929 position (number of characters into buffer)
15930 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15931 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15932 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15937 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15938 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15939 for a description of this minor mode.
15940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15947 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15948 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15949 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15950 ARG is omitted or nil.
15952 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15953 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15954 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15961 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15962 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15963 Use the global history list for FACE.
15965 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15966 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15967 highlighting will not update as you type.
15974 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15975 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15976 Use the global history list for FACE.
15978 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15979 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15980 highlighting will not update as you type.
15987 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15988 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15989 Use the global history list for FACE.
15991 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15992 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15993 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15995 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15996 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15997 highlighting will not update as you type.
16004 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16005 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16006 unless you use a prefix argument.
16007 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16009 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16010 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16017 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16018 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16019 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16021 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16026 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16028 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16029 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16030 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16036 ;;;***
16037 \f
16038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16042 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
16044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16047 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16048 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16049 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16050 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16052 `hide-ifdef-env'
16053 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16054 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16055 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16056 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16057 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16058 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16059 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16061 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16062 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16063 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16064 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16065 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16067 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16068 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16069 #endif lines when hiding.
16071 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16072 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16073 is activated.
16075 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16076 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16077 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
16085 ;;;***
16086 \f
16087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16090 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16091 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16092 Each element has the form
16093 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16095 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16096 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16098 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16099 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16101 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16102 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16103 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16104 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16105 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16106 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16108 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16109 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16111 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16112 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16114 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16115 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16119 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16121 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16122 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16124 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16125 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16126 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16128 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16129 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16130 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16132 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16133 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16135 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16137 Key bindings:
16143 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16149 ;;;***
16150 \f
16151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16155 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16157 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16158 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16160 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16161 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16163 this on and off.
16165 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16170 through various faces.
16172 buffer with the contents of a file
16178 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16180 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16181 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16183 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16184 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16185 in a distinctive face.
16187 The default value can be customized with variable
16188 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16190 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16195 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16196 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16201 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16206 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16211 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16213 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16214 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16215 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16216 shown in the last face in the list.
16218 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16219 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16220 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16227 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16229 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16231 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16232 to save the file.
16234 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16235 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16237 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16244 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16246 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16247 this function is called interactively.
16249 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16250 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16251 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16253 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16260 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16261 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16262 for a description of this minor mode.
16263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16270 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16271 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16272 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16273 ARG is omitted or nil.
16275 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16276 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16277 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16283 ;;;***
16284 \f
16285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16286 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16289 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16290 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16291 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16297 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16298 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16299 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16300 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16301 expansions.
16302 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16304 undoes the expansion.
16309 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16310 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16311 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16317 ;;;***
16318 \f
16319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16320 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16323 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16325 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16326 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16328 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16329 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16330 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16331 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16332 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16333 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16335 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16336 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16337 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16338 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16343 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16344 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16345 for a description of this minor mode.
16346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16353 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16355 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16356 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16358 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16359 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16360 windows.
16362 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16363 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16369 ;;;***
16370 \f
16371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16376 ;;;***
16377 \f
16378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16383 ;;;***
16384 \f
16385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16388 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16389 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16396 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16397 Oriental holidays.
16405 Local holidays.
16413 User defined holidays.
16420 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16421 Jewish holidays.
16428 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16429 Christian holidays.
16436 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16437 Islamic holidays.
16444 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16445 Bahá’à holidays.
16452 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16453 Sun-related holidays.
16463 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16464 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16465 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16470 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16471 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16472 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16473 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16475 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16476 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16478 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16479 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16481 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16482 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16483 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16484 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16485 of a holiday list.
16487 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16495 ;;;***
16496 \f
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16501 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16507 ;;;***
16508 \f
16509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16510 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16514 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16515 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16516 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16517 as possible.
16519 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16520 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16521 fontified display.
16523 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16524 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16525 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16527 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16528 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16529 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16534 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16535 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16537 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16543 ;;;***
16544 \f
16545 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16546 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "file" "shell-command-" "starred-name" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mod" "print" "predicate" "content" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file" "derived-mode" "directory" "basename" "name" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "eval")))
16551 ;;;***
16552 \f
16553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16557 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16559 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16560 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16561 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16563 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16564 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16565 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16566 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16567 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16568 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16570 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16571 title of the column.
16573 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16574 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16575 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16576 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16577 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16584 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16585 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16586 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16587 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16589 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16590 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16600 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16601 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16602 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16603 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16604 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16606 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16607 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16608 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16609 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16610 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16611 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16612 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16613 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16614 values are:
16615 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16616 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16617 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16618 buffer's modification flag.
16619 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16620 prompted before performing this operation.
16621 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16622 operation is complete, in the form:
16624 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16625 confirmation message, in the form:
16627 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16628 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16629 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16630 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16631 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16632 without requiring MBUF current.
16633 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16634 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16635 buffer object.
16637 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16644 Define a filter named NAME.
16645 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16646 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16647 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16649 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16650 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16651 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16652 bound to the current value of the filter.
16660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16662 ;;;***
16663 \f
16664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16668 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16669 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16670 buffers which are visiting a file.
16675 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16676 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16677 buffers which are visiting a file.
16682 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16683 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16685 All arguments are optional.
16686 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16688 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16689 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16690 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16691 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16692 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16693 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16694 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16695 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16696 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16697 that value locally in this buffer.
16702 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16703 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16709 ;;;***
16710 \f
16711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16712 ;;;;;; 0))
16713 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16717 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16718 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16719 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16724 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16725 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16726 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16727 ICAL-FILENAME.
16728 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16729 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16730 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16735 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16736 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16737 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16738 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16739 non-marking or not.
16744 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16746 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16747 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16748 DIARY-FILE.
16750 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16751 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16752 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16754 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16755 non-marking.
16757 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16758 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16759 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16765 ;;;***
16766 \f
16767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16771 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16772 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16773 for a description of this minor mode.
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16781 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16783 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16784 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16786 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16787 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16788 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16789 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16791 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16794 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16795 completions:
16805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16813 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16814 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16815 Tab indents for Icon code.
16816 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16817 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16819 Variables controlling indentation style:
16820 icon-tab-always-indent
16821 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16822 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16823 icon-auto-newline
16824 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16825 inserted in Icon code.
16826 icon-indent-level
16827 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16828 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16829 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16830 icon-continued-statement-offset
16831 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16832 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16833 icon-continued-brace-offset
16834 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16835 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16836 icon-brace-offset
16837 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16838 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16839 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16840 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16842 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16843 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16849 ;;;***
16850 \f
16851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16852 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16857 ;;;***
16858 \f
16859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16860 ;;;;;; 0))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16865 ;;;***
16866 \f
16867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16868 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16872 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16873 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16874 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16876 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16877 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16878 separate frames.
16880 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16881 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16883 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16884 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16885 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16893 ;;;***
16894 \f
16895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16896 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16901 ;;;***
16902 \f
16903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16908 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16910 The main features of this mode are
16912 1. Indentation and Formatting
16913 --------------------------
16914 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16915 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16918 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16919 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16920 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16922 Comments are indented as follows:
16924 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16925 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16926 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16928 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16931 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16932 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16934 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16935 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16937 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16942 2. Routine Info
16943 ------------
16944 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16945 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16947 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16948 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16949 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16950 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16951 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16953 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16955 3. Online IDL Help
16956 ---------------
16959 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16960 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16961 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16963 4. Completion
16964 ----------
16966 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16967 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16968 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16969 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16970 upper case.
16972 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16973 --------------------------------
16974 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16989 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16992 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16993 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16996 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16997 -------------------------
16998 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16999 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17001 7. Automatic END completion
17002 ------------------------
17003 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17004 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17006 8. Hooks
17007 -----
17008 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17009 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17011 9. Documentation and Customization
17012 -------------------------------
17013 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17015 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17016 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17017 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17018 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17020 10.Keybindings
17021 -----------
17022 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17024 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17032 ;;;***
17033 \f
17034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17038 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17039 The following values are possible:
17040 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17041 displaying...)
17042 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17043 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17044 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17052 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17053 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17054 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17055 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17056 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17057 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17058 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17059 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17064 Switch to another buffer.
17065 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17066 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17067 in another frame.
17069 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17070 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17071 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17072 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17075 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17076 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17083 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17084 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17085 in a separate window.
17099 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17100 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17101 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17106 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17107 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17108 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17113 Kill a buffer.
17114 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17115 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17120 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17121 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17122 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17127 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17128 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17129 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17134 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17139 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17140 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17141 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17142 in another frame.
17144 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17145 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17146 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17147 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17148 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17151 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17152 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17159 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17160 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17161 in a separate window.
17184 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17185 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17186 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17191 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17192 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17193 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17198 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17199 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17200 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17205 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17206 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17207 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17212 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17213 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17214 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17219 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17220 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17221 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17226 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17227 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17228 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17233 Write current buffer to a file.
17234 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17235 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17240 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17241 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17242 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17247 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17248 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17249 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17254 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17255 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17256 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17257 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17258 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17263 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17264 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17265 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17270 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17271 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17272 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17277 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17278 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17279 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17280 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17281 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17282 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17283 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17284 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17285 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17286 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17287 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17288 with point positioned at the end.
17289 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17290 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17292 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17296 ;;;***
17297 \f
17298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17302 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17303 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17304 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17310 ;;;***
17311 \f
17312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17317 ;;;***
17318 \f
17319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17320 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17325 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17326 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17327 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17328 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17335 ;;;***
17336 \f
17337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17341 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17342 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17343 be determined.
17348 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17349 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17350 be determined.
17355 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17356 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17357 be determined.
17362 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17363 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17364 be determined.
17369 Determine and return image type.
17370 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17371 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17372 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17373 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17374 use its file extension as image type.
17375 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17380 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17381 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17386 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17387 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17389 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17390 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17391 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17392 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17393 must be available.
17398 Create an image.
17399 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17400 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17401 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17402 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17403 use its file extension as image type.
17404 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17405 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17406 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17407 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17409 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17411 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17413 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17418 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17419 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17420 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17421 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17422 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17423 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17424 POS may be an integer or marker.
17425 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17426 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17427 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17428 means display it in the right marginal area.
17433 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17434 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17435 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17436 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17437 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17438 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17439 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17440 means display it in the right marginal area.
17441 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17442 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17443 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17444 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17445 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17450 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17451 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17452 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17453 STRING is a single space.
17454 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17455 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17456 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17457 means display it in the right marginal area.
17458 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17463 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17464 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17465 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17470 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17472 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17474 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17475 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17476 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17477 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17478 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17479 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17480 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17481 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17482 satisfied.
17484 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17486 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17491 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17493 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17494 documentation string.
17496 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17497 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17498 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17499 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17500 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17501 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17502 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17503 define SYMBOL.
17505 Example:
17515 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17516 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17517 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17519 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17520 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17521 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17522 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17524 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17530 ;;;***
17531 \f
17532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17533 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17537 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17538 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17539 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17540 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17541 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17546 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17548 Convenience command that:
17550 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17551 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17552 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17554 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17555 image files in dired and type
17558 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17560 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17561 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17566 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17567 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17568 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17569 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17570 another one).
17572 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17573 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17574 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17576 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17577 instead of erasing it first.
17579 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17580 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17581 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17582 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17583 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17584 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17589 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17590 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17591 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17592 displayed.
17601 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17606 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17607 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17612 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17617 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17618 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17619 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17623 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17626 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17631 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17636 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17641 Display current image file.
17642 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17643 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17648 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17653 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17654 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17655 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17656 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17657 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17658 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17663 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17664 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17665 easy-to-use form.
17669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17674 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17676 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17677 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17678 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17679 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17681 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17682 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17683 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17689 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17690 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17691 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17693 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17694 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17695 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17701 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17706 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17707 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17708 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17713 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17714 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17715 for a description of this minor mode.
17716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17723 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17728 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17729 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17730 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17736 ;;;***
17737 \f
17738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17739 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17742 Major mode for image files.
17743 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17744 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17746 Key bindings:
17752 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17758 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17759 actual image.
17764 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17765 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17766 displays an image file as text.
17775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17777 ;;;***
17778 \f
17779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17784 ;;;***
17785 \f
17786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17790 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17792 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17794 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17795 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17796 in the buffer.
17798 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17800 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17801 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17807 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17808 Each element of this list should have the form
17810 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17812 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17813 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17814 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17815 matches are put).
17816 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17817 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17818 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17819 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17820 another element.
17821 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17822 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17823 the menu item.
17824 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17825 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17826 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17827 the ARGUMENTS.
17829 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17830 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17831 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17833 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17834 create a buffer index.
17836 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17837 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17845 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17847 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17848 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17849 called within a `save-excursion'.
17856 Function for finding the next index position.
17858 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17859 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17860 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17861 file.
17863 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17869 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17871 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17872 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17878 Function to compare string with index item.
17880 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17881 non-nil if they match.
17883 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17884 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17891 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17902 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17903 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17904 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17911 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17916 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17917 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17918 for more information.
17922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17924 ;;;***
17925 \f
17926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17927 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17930 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17950 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17956 ;;;***
17957 \f
17958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17962 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17963 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17964 to that buffer.
17965 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17966 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17967 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17979 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17981 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17982 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17983 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17984 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17985 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17986 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17987 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17988 first in this list.
17990 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17991 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17992 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17993 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17994 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17996 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17997 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17998 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
18001 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18007 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18008 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18009 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18010 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18012 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18013 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18014 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18015 with the top-level Info directory.
18017 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18018 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18022 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18023 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18024 in all the directories in that path.
18026 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18031 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18041 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18042 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18048 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18049 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18050 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18055 Go to the Info directory node.
18060 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18061 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18062 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18064 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18069 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18070 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18075 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18076 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18077 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18078 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18083 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18085 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18086 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18091 Selecting other nodes:
18093 Follow a node reference you click on.
18094 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18096 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18101 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18111 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18115 Moving within a node:
18117 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18118 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18119 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18120 move up to the parent node.
18122 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18123 if there is none.
18126 Advanced commands:
18128 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18129 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18130 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18132 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18136 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18137 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18138 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18142 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18148 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18149 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18150 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18151 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18152 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18158 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18159 KEY is a string.
18160 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18161 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18162 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18163 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18168 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18169 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18174 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18175 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18180 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18181 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18182 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18183 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18184 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18193 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18196 Throw away all cached data.
18197 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18198 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18199 system.
18205 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18206 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18207 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18208 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18209 one found at point.
18211 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18217 Display the documentation of a file.
18218 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18219 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18220 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18221 The default file name is the one found at point.
18223 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18228 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18233 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18239 ;;;***
18240 \f
18241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18246 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18247 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18248 current info file is the default.
18250 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18251 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18252 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18253 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18254 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18256 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18257 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18258 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18259 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18260 mistake in the reference.
18262 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18263 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18264 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18267 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18268 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18269 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18274 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18275 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18276 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18277 checked.
18281 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18282 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18283 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18284 should be harmless.
18289 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18290 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18291 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18293 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18294 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18295 and can take a long time.
18300 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18301 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18303 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18305 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18306 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18308 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18310 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18311 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18312 all builtins).
18314 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18315 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18316 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18317 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18318 the sources handy.
18322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18324 ;;;***
18325 \f
18326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18330 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18340 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18341 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18342 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18344 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18345 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18346 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18348 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18349 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18350 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18351 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18356 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18357 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18362 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18363 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18364 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18387 ;;;***
18388 \f
18389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18394 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18395 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18401 ;;;***
18402 \f
18403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18404 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18405 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18408 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18413 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18424 ;;;***
18425 \f
18426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18427 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18431 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18432 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18433 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18434 accessed via isearchb.
18438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18440 ;;;***
18441 \f
18442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18443 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18448 ;;;***
18449 \f
18450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18451 ;;;;;; 0))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18455 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18456 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18457 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18458 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18463 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18464 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18465 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18466 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18471 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18472 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18473 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18474 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18479 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18480 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18481 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18482 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18487 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18488 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18489 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18490 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18495 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18496 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18497 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18498 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18503 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18504 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18505 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18506 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18511 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18513 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18518 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18520 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18525 Warn that format is read-only.
18530 Warn that format is write-only.
18535 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18541 ;;;***
18542 \f
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18544 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18551 ;;;***
18552 \f
18553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18559 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18571 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18573 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18575 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18577 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18578 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18579 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18580 Valid forms include:
18581 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18582 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18583 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18586 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18587 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18588 First list is used raw.
18591 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18594 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18595 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18596 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18597 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18603 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18604 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18605 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18607 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18608 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18609 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18610 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18611 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18613 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18614 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18616 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18617 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18619 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18620 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18625 Return values:
18626 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18627 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18630 quit spell session exited.
18635 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18636 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18641 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18643 Selections are:
18645 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18646 SPC: Accept word this time.
18647 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18648 `a': Accept word for this session.
18649 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18650 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18651 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18652 `?': Show these commands.
18653 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18654 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18655 the aborted check to be completed later.
18656 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18657 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18658 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18659 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18660 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18661 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18662 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18667 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18668 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18669 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18674 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18678 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18683 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18684 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18685 amount for last line processed.
18690 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18695 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18700 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18701 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18706 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18711 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18712 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18713 sequence inside of a word.
18715 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18720 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18725 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18726 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18727 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18729 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18730 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18731 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18732 available on the net.
18737 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18742 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18743 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18744 spelled.
18746 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18748 SPC.
18751 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18756 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18757 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18758 Don't check included messages.
18760 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18761 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18762 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18764 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18765 in your init file:
18771 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18772 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18779 ;;;***
18780 \f
18781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18782 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18787 ;;;***
18788 \f
18789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18791 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18795 ;;;***
18796 \f
18797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18798 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18807 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18808 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18809 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18810 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18811 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18812 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18813 necessary to represent OBJ.
18818 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18819 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18820 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18825 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18826 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18827 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18828 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18833 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18834 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18835 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18840 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18841 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18842 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18847 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18852 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18853 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18854 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18855 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18860 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18861 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18862 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18863 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18868 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18869 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18878 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18881 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18882 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18891 Uninstall jka-compr.
18892 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18893 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18894 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18907 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18912 Major mode for editing JSX.
18914 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18915 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18916 locally, like so:
18918 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18919 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18925 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18929 ;;;***
18930 \f
18931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18937 ;;;***
18938 \f
18939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18944 ;;;***
18945 \f
18946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18950 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18951 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18957 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18958 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18964 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18965 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18971 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18972 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18978 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18979 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18980 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18981 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18982 keys are bound.
18984 Setup Binding
18985 -------------------------------------------------------------
18986 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18987 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18988 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18989 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18990 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18991 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18992 in the global and local keymaps.
18994 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18995 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18999 ;;;***
19000 \f
19001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19002 ;;;;;; 0))
19003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19006 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19007 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19009 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19010 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19011 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19012 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19013 shorter.
19015 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19016 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19017 the context of text formatting.
19021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19023 ;;;***
19024 \f
19025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19026 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19029 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19030 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19031 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19032 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19036 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19037 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19038 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19039 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19040 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19041 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19047 ;;;***
19048 \f
19049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19055 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19056 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19057 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19059 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19060 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19061 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19063 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19065 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19066 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19067 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19071 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19074 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19075 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19077 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19078 defining the macro.
19081 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19087 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19089 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19090 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19094 under that name.
19096 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19097 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19098 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19102 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19104 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19105 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19107 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19108 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19109 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19110 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19112 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
19115 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19117 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19118 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19119 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19121 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
19122 macro.
19125 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19127 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
19129 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
19134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19136 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19137 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19138 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19141 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19143 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19144 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19145 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19146 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19148 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19151 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19153 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19154 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19155 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19157 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19161 ;;;***
19162 \f
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19167 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19168 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19171 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19174 \(fn)" nil nil)
19176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19178 ;;;***
19179 \f
19180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19183 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19186 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19188 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19189 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19190 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19191 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19192 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19193 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19195 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19196 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19198 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19200 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19201 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19203 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19205 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19208 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19210 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19220 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19223 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19226 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19228 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19230 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19231 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19232 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19234 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19236 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19237 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19238 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19240 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19242 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19245 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19247 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19251 ;;;***
19252 \f
19253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19254 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19257 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19258 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19259 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19260 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19261 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19262 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19263 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19264 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19266 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19267 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19272 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19274 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19275 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19276 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19277 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19278 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19279 `latin1-display-setup'.
19281 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19283 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19284 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19285 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19286 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19291 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19298 ;;;;;; 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19301 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19302 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19304 \(fn)" t nil)
19306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19308 ;;;***
19309 \f
19310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19315 ;;;***
19316 \f
19317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19318 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19323 ;;;***
19324 \f
19325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19326 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19328 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19330 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19331 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19332 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19333 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19335 For instance, the following code
19337 (let-alist alist
19338 (if (and .title .body)
19339 .body
19340 .site
19341 .site.contents))
19343 essentially expands to
19349 (if (and .title .body)
19350 .body
19351 .site
19352 .site.contents))
19354 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19355 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19356 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19357 displayed in the example above.
19359 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19361 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19365 ;;;***
19366 \f
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19370 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19371 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19372 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19373 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19374 generations (this defaults to 1).
19376 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19380 ;;;***
19381 \f
19382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19383 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19384 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19386 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19387 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19389 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19390 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19392 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19396 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19397 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19398 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19399 for a description of this minor mode.
19400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19402 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19404 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19406 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19407 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19408 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19409 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19410 ARG is omitted or nil.
19412 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19413 `linum-on' would do it.
19414 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19420 ;;;***
19421 \f
19422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19423 ;;;;;; 0))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19433 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19434 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19435 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19436 is nil, raise an error.
19438 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19439 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19440 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19441 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19442 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19443 defined by the library.
19445 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19446 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19447 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19448 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19449 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19450 proceeds.
19452 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19453 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19454 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19455 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19457 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19466 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19467 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19470 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19472 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19473 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19474 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19475 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19477 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19478 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19479 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19480 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19481 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19482 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19483 the version.)
19485 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19486 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19488 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19489 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19491 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19492 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19494 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19496 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19497 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19498 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19499 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19500 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19501 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19502 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19503 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19504 to constrain a big search.
19506 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19508 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19509 except that FILTER is not optional.
19511 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19515 ;;;***
19516 \f
19517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19518 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19520 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19521 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19522 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19524 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19525 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19526 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19529 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19531 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19532 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19533 associated values:
19534 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19535 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19536 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19537 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19538 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19540 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19541 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19542 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19544 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19553 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19554 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19556 \(fn)" t nil)
19558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19560 ;;;***
19561 \f
19562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19563 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19565 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19566 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19568 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19571 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19572 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19573 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19575 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19576 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19578 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19583 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19586 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19588 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19589 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19590 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19591 switch on this list.
19592 See `lpr-command'.")
19594 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19596 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19597 Name of program for printing a file.
19599 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19600 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19601 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19602 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19603 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19604 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19605 argument.")
19607 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19609 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19610 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19611 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19612 for customization of the printer command.
19614 \(fn)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19617 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19619 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19620 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19621 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19622 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19624 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19625 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19627 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19628 for further customization of the printer command.
19630 \(fn)" t nil)
19632 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19633 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19634 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19635 for customization of the printer command.
19637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19639 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19640 Paginate and print the region contents.
19642 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19643 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19644 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19645 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19647 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19648 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19650 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19651 for further customization of the printer command.
19653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19657 ;;;***
19658 \f
19659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19660 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19662 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19663 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19664 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19666 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19670 ;;;***
19671 \f
19672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19673 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19675 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19676 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19677 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19678 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19684 ;;;***
19685 \f
19686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19689 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19690 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19692 \(fn)" t nil)
19694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19696 ;;;***
19697 \f
19698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19699 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19701 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19702 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19703 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19704 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19707 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19709 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19710 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19711 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19712 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19713 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19715 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19716 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19717 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19718 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19719 bindings.
19721 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19722 use this command, and then save the file.
19724 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19727 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19728 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19729 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19730 each time the macro executes.
19731 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19739 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19742 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19743 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19744 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19746 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19747 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19748 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19749 execute.
19751 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19752 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19754 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19755 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19756 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19757 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19760 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19761 looked like this:
19767 You could enter the names in this format:
19769 foo
19770 bar
19771 baz
19773 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19779 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19782 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19783 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19785 ;;;***
19786 \f
19787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19790 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19791 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19792 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19793 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19794 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19795 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19797 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19798 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19799 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19800 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19801 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19803 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19804 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19805 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19806 consing a string.)
19808 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19810 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19811 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19813 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19817 ;;;***
19818 \f
19819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19822 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19823 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19825 \(fn)" nil nil)
19827 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19830 \(fn)" nil nil)
19832 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19833 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19835 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19837 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19838 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19839 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19840 message.
19842 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19844 \(fn)" nil nil)
19846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19848 ;;;***
19849 \f
19850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19855 ;;;***
19856 \f
19857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19862 ;;;***
19863 \f
19864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19865 ;;;;;; 0))
19866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19870 ;;;***
19871 \f
19872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19875 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19876 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19877 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19878 often correct parser.")
19880 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19882 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19883 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19884 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19885 a value which excludes your own email address.
19887 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19888 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19890 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19892 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19893 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19895 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19897 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19899 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19900 we return it unconverted.
19902 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19903 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19905 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19907 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19909 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19910 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19912 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19914 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19916 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19917 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19919 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19921 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19923 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19924 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19925 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19926 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19927 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19928 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19929 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19930 as Rmail does.
19932 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19934 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19935 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19936 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19937 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19938 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19939 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19940 matches may be returned from the message body.
19942 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19946 ;;;***
19947 \f
19948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19951 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19952 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19953 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19954 for a description of this minor mode.
19955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19957 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19959 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19961 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19962 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19965 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19967 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19968 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19969 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19970 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19974 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19975 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19977 \(fn)" nil nil)
19979 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19980 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19981 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19983 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19985 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19986 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19987 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19989 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19990 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19991 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19992 double-quotes.
19994 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19998 ;;;***
19999 \f
20000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20003 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20005 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20006 king@grassland.com
20007 If `parens', they look like:
20008 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20009 If `angles', they look like:
20010 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20012 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20014 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20015 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20016 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20017 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
20018 their `Resent-' variants.
20020 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20021 removed from alias expansions.
20023 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20025 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20026 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20027 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20029 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20030 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20031 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20032 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20034 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20036 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20037 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20038 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20040 \(fn)" nil nil)
20042 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20043 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20044 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20045 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20049 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
20053 ;;;***
20054 \f
20055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20065 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20066 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20067 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20068 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20070 \(fn)" nil nil)
20072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20074 ;;;***
20075 \f
20076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20088 ;;;***
20089 \f
20090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20091 ;;;;;; 0))
20092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20094 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20095 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20097 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20098 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20099 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20100 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20101 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20102 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20104 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20105 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20106 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20107 dependency, despite the colon.
20111 In the browser, use the following keys:
20115 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20117 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20118 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20120 `makefile-target-colon':
20121 The string that gets appended to all target names
20122 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20125 `makefile-macro-assign':
20126 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20127 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20129 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20130 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20133 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20134 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20135 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20137 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20138 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20140 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20141 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20142 up or down in the browser.
20144 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20145 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20147 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20148 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20150 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20151 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20152 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20153 has been selected in the browser.
20155 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20156 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20157 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20158 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20159 filenames are omitted.
20161 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20162 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20163 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20164 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20165 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20166 the backslash itself intact.
20167 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20170 `makefile-browser-hook':
20171 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20172 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20174 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20175 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20176 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20177 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20179 \(fn)" t nil)
20181 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20182 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20187 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20189 \(fn)" t nil)
20191 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20192 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20196 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20197 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20199 \(fn)" t nil)
20201 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20202 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20204 \(fn)" t nil)
20206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20208 ;;;***
20209 \f
20210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20215 ;;;***
20216 \f
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20218 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20220 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20221 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20222 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20224 \(fn)" t nil)
20226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20228 ;;;***
20229 \f
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20231 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20233 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20235 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20236 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20237 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20238 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20239 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20240 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20241 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20242 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20243 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20244 without running the man command.
20246 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20250 cat(1)
20251 1 cat
20253 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20255 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20256 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20258 -a chmod
20260 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20261 otherwise look like a page name.
20263 /my/file/name.1.gz
20264 -l somefile.1
20267 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20270 -k pattern
20272 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20274 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20275 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20277 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20280 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20282 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20293 ;;;***
20294 \f
20295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20297 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20301 ;;;***
20302 \f
20303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20304 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20305 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20307 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20308 Toggle Master mode.
20309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20313 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20314 using the following commands:
20318 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20319 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20320 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20326 ;;;***
20327 \f
20328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20331 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20332 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20333 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20334 for a description of this minor mode.
20335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20337 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20339 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20341 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20342 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20344 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20345 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20347 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20348 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20349 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20350 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20356 ;;;***
20357 \f
20358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20359 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20360 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20364 ;;;***
20365 \f
20366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20369 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20371 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20372 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20374 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20375 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20376 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20377 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20378 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20379 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20380 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20381 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20383 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20384 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20385 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20386 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20388 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20389 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20390 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20391 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20392 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20393 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20394 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20395 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20396 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20397 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20398 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20399 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20400 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20401 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20402 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20403 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20404 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20405 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20406 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20407 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20408 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20410 \(fn)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20413 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20414 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20415 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20416 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20418 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20420 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20421 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20423 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20425 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20426 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20428 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20430 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20433 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20435 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20436 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20437 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20439 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20441 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20442 Cancel an article you posted.
20443 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20447 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20448 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20449 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20450 header line with the old Message-ID.
20452 \(fn)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20455 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20459 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20460 Forward the current message via mail.
20461 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20462 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20464 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20466 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20469 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20471 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20474 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20476 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20477 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20479 \(fn)" t nil)
20481 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20482 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20484 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20486 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20487 Re-mail the current message.
20488 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20489 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20490 you.
20492 \(fn)" t nil)
20494 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20495 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20497 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20499 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20500 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20502 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20504 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20505 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20507 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20509 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20510 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20512 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20514 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20515 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20516 Works by overstriking characters.
20517 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20518 which specify the range to operate on.
20520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20523 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20524 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20525 which specify the range to operate on.
20527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20531 ;;;***
20532 \f
20533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20534 ;;;;;; 0))
20535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20536 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20538 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20539 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20541 \(fn)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20544 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20546 \(fn)" t nil)
20548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20550 ;;;***
20551 \f
20552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20555 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20556 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20557 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20559 \(fn)" t nil)
20561 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20562 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20563 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20564 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20565 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20566 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20567 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20569 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20571 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20572 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20573 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20574 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20575 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20576 means current).
20577 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20578 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20580 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20582 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20583 Process current region through `metamail'.
20584 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20585 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20586 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20587 means current).
20588 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20589 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20591 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20595 ;;;***
20596 \f
20597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20602 ;;;***
20603 \f
20604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20609 ;;;***
20610 \f
20611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20616 ;;;***
20617 \f
20618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20621 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20622 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20623 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20625 \(fn)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20628 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20629 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20633 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20634 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20636 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20637 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20640 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20641 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20643 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20644 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20646 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20648 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20650 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20651 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20652 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20653 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20654 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20655 as `compose-mail'.
20657 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20658 initial Subject field, respectively.
20660 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20661 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20662 are strings.
20664 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20665 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20667 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20669 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20670 Save draft and send message.
20672 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20673 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20677 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20678 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20679 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20681 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20682 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20683 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20684 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20685 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20686 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20689 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20691 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20692 message and scan line.
20694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20696 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20697 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20699 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20700 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20702 delete the draft message.
20704 \(fn)" t nil)
20706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20708 ;;;***
20709 \f
20710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20715 ;;;***
20716 \f
20717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20719 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20721 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20723 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20725 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20727 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20728 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20730 \(fn)" t nil)
20732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20734 ;;;***
20735 \f
20736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20739 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20740 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20741 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20743 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20744 the MH mail system.
20746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20748 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20749 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20750 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20752 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20753 the MH mail system.
20755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20760 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20761 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20762 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20763 separate command.
20765 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20767 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20768 format.
20770 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20772 Ranges
20773 ======
20774 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20775 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20776 can be used in several ways.
20779 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20780 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20781 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20782 page):
20784 <num1>-<num2>
20785 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20786 The range must be nonempty.
20788 <num>:N
20789 <num>:+N
20790 <num>:-N
20791 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20792 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20793 last.
20795 first:N
20796 prev:N
20797 next:N
20798 last:N
20799 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20801 all
20802 All of the messages.
20804 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20805 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20807 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20808 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20809 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20817 ;;;***
20818 \f
20819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20824 ;;;***
20825 \f
20826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20827 ;;;;;; 0))
20828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20839 ;;;***
20840 \f
20841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20846 ;;;***
20847 \f
20848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20853 ;;;***
20854 \f
20855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20860 ;;;***
20861 \f
20862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20867 ;;;***
20868 \f
20869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20874 ;;;***
20875 \f
20876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20877 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20881 ;;;***
20882 \f
20883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20888 ;;;***
20889 \f
20890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20895 ;;;***
20896 \f
20897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20902 ;;;***
20903 \f
20904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20909 ;;;***
20910 \f
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20916 ;;;***
20917 \f
20918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20919 ;;;;;; 0))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20924 ;;;***
20925 \f
20926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20931 ;;;***
20932 \f
20933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20938 ;;;***
20939 \f
20940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20943 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20944 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20945 See the `midnight-mode' command
20946 for a description of this minor mode.
20947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20948 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20949 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20951 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20953 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20954 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20958 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20959 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20960 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20961 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20962 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20963 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20964 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20965 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20966 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20967 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20973 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20974 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20975 to its second argument TM.
20977 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20981 ;;;***
20982 \f
20983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20984 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20986 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20987 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20988 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20989 for a description of this minor mode.
20990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20992 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20994 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20996 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20997 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20999 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
21000 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21002 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21003 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21004 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21005 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21006 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21007 is modified to remove the default indication.
21009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21013 ;;;***
21014 \f
21015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21018 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21019 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21020 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21021 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21022 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21027 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21028 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21029 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21030 Ignores CHAR at point.
21032 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21034 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21035 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21037 \(fn)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21040 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21042 \(fn)" t nil)
21044 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21045 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21050 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21051 With argument, do this that many times.
21053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21055 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21056 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21057 With argument, do this that many times.
21059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21061 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21062 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21063 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21064 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21065 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21066 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21067 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21068 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21069 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21071 \(fn)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21074 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21075 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21076 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21077 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21078 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21080 The return value is always nil.
21082 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21086 ;;;***
21087 \f
21088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21089 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21090 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21092 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21093 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21095 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21096 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21097 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21098 next occurrence.
21100 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21101 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21102 end of the search space).
21104 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21105 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21106 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21107 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21108 should return the previous buffer to search.
21110 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21111 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21112 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21114 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21115 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21116 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21117 Isearch starts.")
21119 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21120 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21121 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21123 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21124 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21125 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21127 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21128 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21130 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21131 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21132 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21134 \(fn)" nil nil)
21136 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21137 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21138 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21139 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21140 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21141 whose names match the specified regexp.
21143 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21146 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21147 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21148 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21149 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21150 whose names match the specified regexp.
21152 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21155 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21156 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21157 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21158 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21159 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21160 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21162 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21164 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21165 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21166 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21167 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21168 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21169 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21170 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21172 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
21176 ;;;***
21177 \f
21178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21179 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21181 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21183 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21184 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21190 ;;;***
21191 \f
21192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21197 ;;;***
21198 \f
21199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21204 ;;;***
21205 \f
21206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21211 ;;;***
21212 \f
21213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21216 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21217 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21223 ;;;***
21224 \f
21225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21228 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21229 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21231 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21233 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21234 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21235 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21236 the entire message.
21237 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21239 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21243 ;;;***
21244 \f
21245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21248 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21249 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21250 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21251 the entire message.
21252 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21254 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21258 ;;;***
21259 \f
21260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21263 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21264 Insert file contents of URL.
21265 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21267 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21269 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21270 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21276 ;;;***
21277 \f
21278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21283 ;;;***
21284 \f
21285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21288 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21289 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21290 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21291 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21292 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21294 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21296 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21297 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21298 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21300 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21304 ;;;***
21305 \f
21306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21311 ;;;***
21312 \f
21313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21316 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21317 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21319 \(fn)" nil nil)
21321 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21322 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21323 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21327 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21329 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21330 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21334 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21335 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21336 will be computed and used.
21338 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21342 ;;;***
21343 \f
21344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21349 ;;;***
21350 \f
21351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21356 ;;;***
21357 \f
21358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21361 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21364 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21366 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21369 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21373 ;;;***
21374 \f
21375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21378 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21381 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21383 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21386 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21388 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21391 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21393 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21396 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21398 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21401 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21403 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21406 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21408 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21411 \(fn)" nil nil)
21413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21415 ;;;***
21416 \f
21417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21420 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21424 ;;;***
21425 \f
21426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21429 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21431 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21432 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21433 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21434 followed by the first character of the construct.
21451 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21452 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21453 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21459 ;;;***
21460 \f
21461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21464 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21465 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21467 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21470 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21474 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21475 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21477 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21480 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21482 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21486 ;;;***
21487 \f
21488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21493 ;;;***
21494 \f
21495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21498 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21502 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21503 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21505 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21506 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21507 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21510 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21512 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21513 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21514 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21515 hemisphere you're in.)
21517 To test this function, evaluate:
21520 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21525 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21528 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21529 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21530 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21533 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21535 To test this function, evaluate:
21538 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21542 ;;;***
21543 \f
21544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21547 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21548 Main entry point for MPC.
21550 \(fn)" t nil)
21552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21554 ;;;***
21555 \f
21556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21559 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21560 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21562 \(fn)" t nil)
21564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21566 ;;;***
21567 \f
21568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21571 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21572 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21573 See the `msb-mode' command
21574 for a description of this minor mode.
21575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21577 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21579 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21581 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21582 Toggle Msb mode.
21583 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21584 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21585 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21587 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21588 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21594 ;;;***
21595 \f
21596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21604 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21607 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21608 Display a list of all character sets.
21610 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21611 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21612 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21613 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21614 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21616 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21617 but still shows the full information.
21619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21621 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21625 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21626 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21627 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21628 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21629 meanings of these arguments.
21631 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21633 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21634 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21639 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21643 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21644 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21648 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21649 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21652 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21653 in place of `..':
21654 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21655 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21656 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21657 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21658 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21659 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21660 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21661 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21662 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21663 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21664 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21665 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21666 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21667 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21668 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21669 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21671 \(fn)" t nil)
21673 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21674 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21678 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21679 Display a list of all coding systems.
21680 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21682 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21683 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21688 Display a list of all coding categories.
21690 \(fn)" nil nil)
21692 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21693 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21694 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21696 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21699 Display information about FONTSET.
21700 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21702 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21705 Display a list of all fontsets.
21706 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21707 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21708 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21710 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21713 Display information about all input methods.
21715 \(fn)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21718 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21720 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21721 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21722 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21723 system which uses fontsets).
21725 \(fn)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21728 Show log of font listing and opening.
21729 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21730 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21732 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21736 ;;;***
21737 \f
21738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21739 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21740 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21742 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21743 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21745 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21747 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21748 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21749 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21750 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21751 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21752 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21753 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21755 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21756 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21757 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21758 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21759 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21760 middle of a character in STR.
21762 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21763 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21765 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21766 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21767 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21768 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21769 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21771 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21773 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21774 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21776 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21777 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21778 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21780 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21781 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21782 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21784 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21785 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21786 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21787 are considered.
21788 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21789 longer than KEYSEQ.
21790 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21792 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21794 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21795 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21796 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21797 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21798 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21799 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21800 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21801 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21802 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21803 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21804 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21806 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21808 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21809 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21811 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21813 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21814 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21816 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21818 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21819 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21821 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21823 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21824 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21826 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21828 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21829 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21830 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21831 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21832 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21834 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21835 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21837 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21838 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21839 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21840 coding systems ordered by priority.
21842 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21844 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21846 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21847 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21848 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21849 language environment LANG-ENV.
21851 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21853 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21854 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21855 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21856 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21857 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21858 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21860 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21862 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21863 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21864 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21865 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21866 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21867 QUALITY can be:
21868 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21869 excessive work.
21870 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21871 part of the file/buffer.
21872 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21874 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21876 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21877 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21878 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21879 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21880 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21881 QUALITY can be:
21882 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21883 excessive work.
21884 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21885 part of the file/buffer.
21886 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21888 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21892 ;;;***
21893 \f
21894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21899 ;;;***
21900 \f
21901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21904 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21905 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21910 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21912 \(fn)" t nil)
21914 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21915 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21919 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21920 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21922 \(fn)" t nil)
21924 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21925 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21927 \(fn)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21930 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21932 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21934 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21935 Ping HOST.
21936 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21937 `ping-program-options'.
21939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21942 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21944 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21946 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21947 Run nslookup program.
21949 \(fn)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21952 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21954 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21956 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21957 Run dig program.
21959 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21962 Run ftp program.
21964 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21966 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21967 Finger USER on HOST.
21969 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21971 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21972 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21973 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21974 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21976 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21978 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21981 \(fn)" t nil)
21983 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21984 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21986 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21988 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21989 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21991 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21995 ;;;***
21996 \f
21997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22000 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22001 Return a user name/password pair.
22002 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22003 listed in the PORTS list.
22005 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22009 ;;;***
22010 \f
22011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22012 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22015 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22016 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22017 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22018 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22019 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22020 closes it.
22022 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22023 make it unique.
22024 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22025 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22026 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22027 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22028 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22029 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22031 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22032 values:
22034 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22035 nil or `network'
22036 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22037 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22038 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22039 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22040 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22041 an unencrypted connection.
22042 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22043 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22044 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22045 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22046 returned object is a killed process.
22047 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22048 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22049 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22051 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22052 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22053 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22054 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22055 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22056 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22057 or nil if none could be found.
22058 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22059 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22061 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22063 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22064 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22065 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22067 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22068 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22071 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22072 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22075 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22076 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22077 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22078 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22080 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22081 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22083 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22084 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22085 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22086 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22087 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22088 or STARTTLS connections.
22090 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22091 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22093 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22094 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22096 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22097 a greeting from the server.
22099 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22100 asynchronously, if possible.
22102 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22103 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22106 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22107 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22108 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22109 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22110 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22112 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22114 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22118 ;;;***
22119 \f
22120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22124 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22125 Check whether newsticker is running.
22126 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22127 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22129 \(fn)" nil nil)
22131 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22132 Start the newsticker.
22133 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22134 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22135 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22136 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22138 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22142 ;;;***
22143 \f
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22145 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22148 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22149 Start newsticker plainview.
22151 \(fn)" t nil)
22153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22155 ;;;***
22156 \f
22157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22158 ;;;;;; 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22161 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22162 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22164 \(fn)" t nil)
22166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22168 ;;;***
22169 \f
22170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22171 ;;;;;; 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22174 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22175 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22176 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22177 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22178 empty.
22180 \(fn)" nil nil)
22182 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22183 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22184 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22185 running already.
22187 \(fn)" t nil)
22189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22191 ;;;***
22192 \f
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22194 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22197 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22198 Start newsticker treeview.
22200 \(fn)" t nil)
22202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22211 ;;;***
22212 \f
22213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22225 ;;;***
22226 \f
22227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22230 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22231 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22233 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22237 ;;;***
22238 \f
22239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22244 ;;;***
22245 \f
22246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22249 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22250 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22251 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22252 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22253 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22254 symbol in the alist.
22256 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22260 ;;;***
22261 \f
22262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22267 ;;;***
22268 \f
22269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22274 ;;;***
22275 \f
22276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22279 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22280 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22281 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22283 \(fn)" t nil)
22285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22287 ;;;***
22288 \f
22289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22294 ;;;***
22295 \f
22296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22301 ;;;***
22302 \f
22303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22308 ;;;***
22309 \f
22310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22315 ;;;***
22316 \f
22317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22322 ;;;***
22323 \f
22324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22329 ;;;***
22330 \f
22331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22336 ;;;***
22337 \f
22338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22343 ;;;***
22344 \f
22345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22350 ;;;***
22351 \f
22352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22355 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22356 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22358 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22362 ;;;***
22363 \f
22364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22369 ;;;***
22370 \f
22371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22390 ;;;***
22391 \f
22392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22397 ;;;***
22398 \f
22399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22404 ;;;***
22405 \f
22406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22411 ;;;***
22412 \f
22413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22418 ;;;***
22419 \f
22420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22425 ;;;***
22426 \f
22427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22428 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22430 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22432 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22433 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22434 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22436 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22439 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22441 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22442 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22443 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22444 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22445 to future sessions.
22447 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22449 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22450 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22451 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22452 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22453 future sessions.
22455 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22462 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22465 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22466 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22468 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22469 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22470 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22472 \(fn)" t nil)
22474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22476 ;;;***
22477 \f
22478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22479 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22483 ;;;***
22484 \f
22485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22487 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22491 ;;;***
22492 \f
22493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22498 ;;;***
22499 \f
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22505 ;;;***
22506 \f
22507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22510 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22511 Major mode for editing XML.
22514 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22515 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22517 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22518 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22519 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22524 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22526 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22527 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22528 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22529 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22530 instead of C-c.
22532 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22533 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22534 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22535 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22537 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22540 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22541 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22544 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22547 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22552 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22553 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22554 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22555 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22557 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22559 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22562 \(fn)" t nil)
22563 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22567 ;;;***
22568 \f
22569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22581 ;;;***
22582 \f
22583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22609 ;;;***
22610 \f
22611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22619 ;;;;;; 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22631 ;;;***
22632 \f
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22655 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22656 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22660 ;;;***
22661 \f
22662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22681 ;;;***
22682 \f
22683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22684 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22689 ;;;***
22690 \f
22691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22696 ;;;***
22697 \f
22698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22703 ;;;***
22704 \f
22705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22706 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22710 ;;;***
22711 \f
22712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22713 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22717 ;;;***
22718 \f
22719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22727 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22731 ;;;***
22732 \f
22733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22734 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22738 ;;;***
22739 \f
22740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22745 ;;;***
22746 \f
22747 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22748 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22753 ;;;***
22754 \f
22755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22760 ;;;***
22761 \f
22762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22767 ;;;***
22768 \f
22769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22784 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22789 ;;;***
22790 \f
22791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22796 ;;;***
22797 \f
22798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22803 ;;;***
22804 \f
22805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22810 ;;;***
22811 \f
22812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22817 ;;;***
22818 \f
22819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22824 ;;;***
22825 \f
22826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22831 ;;;***
22832 \f
22833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22838 ;;;***
22839 \f
22840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22841 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22845 ;;;***
22846 \f
22847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22848 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22852 ;;;***
22853 \f
22854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22855 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22859 ;;;***
22860 \f
22861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22862 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22866 ;;;***
22867 \f
22868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22873 ;;;***
22874 \f
22875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22876 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22880 ;;;***
22881 \f
22882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22883 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22887 ;;;***
22888 \f
22889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22890 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22894 ;;;***
22895 \f
22896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22897 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22901 ;;;***
22902 \f
22903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22908 ;;;***
22909 \f
22910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22911 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22915 ;;;***
22916 \f
22917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22918 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22922 ;;;***
22923 \f
22924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22925 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22936 ;;;***
22937 \f
22938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22944 ;;;***
22945 \f
22946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22949 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22950 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22952 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22953 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22954 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22955 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22957 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22959 Key bindings:
22962 \(fn)" t nil)
22964 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22965 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22966 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22968 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22970 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22971 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22973 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22974 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22975 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22979 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22983 ;;;***
22984 \f
22985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22986 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22990 ;;;***
22991 \f
22992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22995 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22997 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23005 Customization:
23007 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23008 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23009 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23010 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23011 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23012 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23013 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23014 Directories to search when finding external units.
23015 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23016 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23018 Coloring:
23020 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23021 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23023 \(fn)" t nil)
23025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23027 ;;;***
23028 \f
23029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23030 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23032 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23033 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23035 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23037 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23038 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
23039 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23040 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23041 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23042 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23044 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23046 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23047 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
23048 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
23049 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
23050 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
23052 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23055 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23057 \(fn)" nil nil)
23059 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23060 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23062 \(fn)" nil nil)
23064 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23065 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23068 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23069 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
23070 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23071 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23072 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23073 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23074 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23075 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23076 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
23077 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23079 The following commands are available:
23083 \(fn)" t nil)
23085 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23086 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
23088 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
23089 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23090 in special contexts.
23092 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
23093 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23094 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23095 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23096 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23097 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
23098 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23099 properties in the buffer.
23100 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
23101 including any drawers.
23103 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23105 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23106 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23107 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23108 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23109 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23110 and zoom in further.
23111 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23112 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23114 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23115 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23116 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23117 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
23118 times right after creating a new headline.
23120 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23121 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23122 is negative, go up that many levels.
23124 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23125 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23126 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23128 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23129 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23130 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
23131 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23135 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23136 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23138 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23141 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23143 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23144 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23145 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
23146 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
23147 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23148 defined by Org-mode).
23150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23152 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23153 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23155 \(fn)" nil nil)
23157 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23158 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23160 \(fn)" nil nil)
23162 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23163 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
23164 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23165 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
23166 call CMD.
23168 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23170 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23172 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23175 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
23176 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
23177 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
23179 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
23180 part of Org's core.
23182 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
23183 active region.
23185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23188 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
23189 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
23191 \(fn)" t nil)
23193 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23194 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23195 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23196 Org-mode syntax.
23198 \(fn)" t nil)
23200 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23201 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23203 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23205 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23206 Switch between Org buffers.
23207 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23208 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23210 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23211 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23215 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23217 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23219 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23220 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23221 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23222 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23224 \(fn)" t nil)
23226 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23227 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23229 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23231 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23232 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23233 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23235 \(fn)" t nil)
23237 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23238 Reload all org lisp files.
23239 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23241 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23243 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23244 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23246 \(fn)" t nil)
23248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23255 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23256 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23260 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23261 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23262 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23263 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23265 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23266 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23267 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23268 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23269 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23270 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23271 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23272 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23273 e Export views to associated files.
23274 s Search entries for keywords.
23275 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23276 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23277 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23278 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23279 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23280 > Remove a previous restriction.
23283 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23285 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23286 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23287 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23289 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23290 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23292 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23293 \(if active).
23295 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23297 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23298 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23299 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23300 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23301 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23302 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23303 before running the agenda command.
23305 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23307 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23308 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23309 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23310 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23311 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23312 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23313 before running the agenda command.
23315 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23316 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23318 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23320 category The category of the item
23321 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23322 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23323 todo selected in TODO match
23324 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23325 diary imported from diary
23326 deadline a deadline on given date
23327 scheduled scheduled on given date
23328 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23329 closed entry was closed on given date
23330 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23331 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23332 block entry has date block including g. date
23333 todo The todo keyword, if any
23334 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23335 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23336 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23337 extra Sting with extra planning info
23338 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23339 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23340 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23342 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23344 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23345 Store agenda views.
23347 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23349 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23350 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23352 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23354 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23355 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23356 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23357 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23359 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23360 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23361 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23363 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23364 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23366 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23367 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23369 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23371 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23372 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23374 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23375 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23376 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23377 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23378 EDIT-AT.
23380 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23381 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23382 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23383 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23384 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23387 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23388 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23389 including newlines.
23391 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23392 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23393 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23394 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23395 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23396 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23397 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23399 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23401 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23402 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23404 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23405 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23406 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23407 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23408 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23409 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23410 Boolean search must match as full words.
23412 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23413 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23415 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23417 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23418 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23419 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23421 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23422 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23426 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23427 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23428 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23430 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23432 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23433 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23434 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23435 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23436 `org-stuck-projects'.
23438 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23440 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23441 Return diary information from org files.
23443 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23444 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23445 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23446 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23448 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23450 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23452 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23453 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23455 &%%(org-diary)
23457 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23458 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23459 So the example above may also be written as
23461 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23463 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23464 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23465 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23467 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23469 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23470 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23472 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23474 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23475 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23476 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23477 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23478 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23480 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23482 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23483 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23484 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23486 \(fn)" t nil)
23488 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23489 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23491 appointments.
23493 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23494 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23496 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23497 for filtering entries out.
23499 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23500 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23501 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23503 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23504 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23509 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23512 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23513 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23514 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23515 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23516 details and examples.
23518 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23519 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23521 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23525 ;;;***
23526 \f
23527 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23528 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23529 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23533 ;;;***
23534 \f
23535 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23536 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23537 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23541 ;;;***
23542 \f
23543 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23544 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23549 ;;;***
23550 \f
23551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23552 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23559 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23561 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23562 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23564 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23566 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23567 Capture something.
23569 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23570 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23571 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23573 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23576 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23577 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23578 stored.
23580 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23582 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23583 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23584 will be bypassed.
23586 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23587 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23588 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23589 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23591 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23593 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23594 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23596 \(fn)" t nil)
23598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23600 ;;;***
23601 \f
23602 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23603 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23604 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23608 ;;;***
23609 \f
23610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23613 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23614 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23616 \(fn)" t nil)
23618 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23621 \(fn)" nil nil)
23623 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23624 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23625 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23627 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23629 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23630 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23632 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23634 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23635 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23637 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23639 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23640 Write the column view table.
23641 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23643 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23644 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23645 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23646 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23647 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23649 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23650 using `org-id-find'.
23651 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23652 a hline before each level <= that number.
23653 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23654 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23655 :skip-empty-rows
23656 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23657 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23659 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23661 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23662 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23664 \(fn)" t nil)
23666 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23667 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23669 \(fn)" t nil)
23671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23673 ;;;***
23674 \f
23675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23678 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23679 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23681 \(fn)" nil t)
23683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23685 ;;;***
23686 \f
23687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23699 ;;;***
23700 \f
23701 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23702 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23703 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23707 ;;;***
23708 \f
23709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23714 ;;;***
23715 \f
23716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23717 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23725 ;;;;;; 0))
23726 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23730 ;;;***
23731 \f
23732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23744 ;;;***
23745 \f
23746 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23747 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23748 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23752 ;;;***
23753 \f
23754 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23755 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23760 ;;;***
23761 \f
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23763 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23767 ;;;***
23768 \f
23769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23774 ;;;***
23775 \f
23776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23777 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23797 ;;;***
23798 \f
23799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23800 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23805 ;;;***
23806 \f
23807 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23808 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23809 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23813 ;;;***
23814 \f
23815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23816 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23820 ;;;***
23821 \f
23822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23823 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23827 ;;;***
23828 \f
23829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23830 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23832 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23833 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23835 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23861 ;;;***
23862 \f
23863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23864 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23869 ;;;***
23870 \f
23871 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23872 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23877 ;;;***
23878 \f
23879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23880 ;;;;;; 0))
23881 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23885 ;;;***
23886 \f
23887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23888 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23899 ;;;***
23900 \f
23901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23902 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23907 ;;;***
23908 \f
23909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23918 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23920 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23921 The release version of org-mode.
23922 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23924 \(fn)" nil nil)
23926 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23927 The Git version of org-mode.
23928 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23930 \(fn)" nil nil)
23932 ;;;***
23933 \f
23934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23935 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23939 ;;;***
23940 \f
23941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23943 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23944 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23946 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23947 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23948 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23949 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23951 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23952 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23953 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23954 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23957 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23958 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23959 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23960 are used when point is on a heading line.
23962 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23963 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23964 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23966 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23967 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23969 \(fn)" t nil)
23971 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23972 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23977 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23980 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23984 ;;;***
23985 \f
23986 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23987 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23988 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23992 ;;;***
23993 \f
23994 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23995 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23996 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24000 ;;;***
24001 \f
24002 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24003 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24004 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24008 ;;;***
24009 \f
24010 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24011 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24012 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24016 ;;;***
24017 \f
24018 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24019 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24024 ;;;***
24025 \f
24026 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24027 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24032 ;;;***
24033 \f
24034 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24035 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24040 ;;;***
24041 \f
24042 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24043 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24044 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24048 ;;;***
24049 \f
24050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24051 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24052 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24056 ;;;***
24057 \f
24058 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24059 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24064 ;;;***
24065 \f
24066 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24067 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24068 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24072 ;;;***
24073 \f
24074 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24075 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24076 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24080 ;;;***
24081 \f
24082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24084 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24086 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24087 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
24088 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
24089 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
24093 activate the package system at any time.")
24095 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24097 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24098 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24099 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24100 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24101 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
24102 it to the file.
24103 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24104 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24105 loading packages twice.
24106 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24107 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24108 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24110 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24112 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24113 Import keys from FILE.
24115 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24117 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24118 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24119 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24120 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24121 and make them available for download.
24122 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24123 downloads in the background.
24125 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24127 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24128 Install the package PKG.
24129 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24130 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24132 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24133 `package-selected-packages'.
24135 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
24136 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24138 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24140 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24141 Install a package from the current buffer.
24142 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24143 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24144 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24146 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24147 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24148 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24150 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24152 \(fn)" t nil)
24154 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24155 Install a package from a file.
24156 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24157 directory.
24159 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24161 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24162 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24163 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24167 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24168 Reinstall package PKG.
24169 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
24170 object.
24172 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24174 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24175 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24177 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24178 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24179 will be deleted.
24181 \(fn)" t nil)
24183 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24184 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24186 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24188 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24189 Display a list of packages.
24190 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24191 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24192 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24194 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24196 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24200 ;;;***
24201 \f
24202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24203 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24208 ;;;***
24209 \f
24210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24215 ;;;***
24216 \f
24217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24218 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24220 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24221 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24222 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24223 for a description of this minor mode.
24224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24226 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24228 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24230 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24231 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24236 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24237 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24238 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24244 ;;;***
24245 \f
24246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24247 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24248 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24249 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24251 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24252 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24253 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24255 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24257 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24258 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24260 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24264 ;;;***
24265 \f
24266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24269 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24271 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24273 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24276 Other useful functions are:
24288 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24290 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24291 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24292 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24293 Indentation for case statements.
24294 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24295 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24296 mark after an end.
24297 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24298 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24299 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24300 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24301 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24302 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24303 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24304 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24305 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24306 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24308 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24309 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24311 \(fn)" t nil)
24313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24315 ;;;***
24316 \f
24317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24318 ;;;;;; 0))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24321 (defvar password-cache t "\
24322 Whether to cache passwords.")
24324 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24326 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24327 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24328 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24330 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24332 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24333 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24335 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24339 ;;;***
24340 \f
24341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24344 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24345 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24346 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24348 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24350 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24351 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24353 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24354 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24355 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24357 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24359 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24360 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24361 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24362 quoted.)
24364 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24365 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24366 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24367 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24369 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24371 _ matches anything.
24372 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24373 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24374 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24375 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24376 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24379 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24380 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24381 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24382 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24383 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24385 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24387 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24388 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24389 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24390 which is the value being matched.
24391 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24392 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24394 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24395 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24397 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24399 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24401 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24402 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24404 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24406 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24408 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24409 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24410 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24411 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24412 variable name being but a special case of it).
24414 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24416 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24418 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24420 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24421 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24422 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24423 of the form (PAT EXP).
24425 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24427 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24429 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24430 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24431 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24432 of the form (PAT EXP).
24433 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24434 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24435 any kind of error.
24437 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24439 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24441 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24442 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24444 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24446 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24448 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24449 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24450 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24451 to this macro.
24453 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24455 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24457 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24461 ;;;***
24462 \f
24463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24466 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24467 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24469 \(fn)" nil nil)
24471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24473 ;;;***
24474 \f
24475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24476 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24478 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24479 Completion for `gzip'.
24481 \(fn)" nil nil)
24483 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24484 Completion for `bzip2'.
24486 \(fn)" nil nil)
24488 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24489 Completion for GNU `make'.
24491 \(fn)" nil nil)
24493 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24494 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24496 \(fn)" nil nil)
24498 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24499 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24501 \(fn)" nil nil)
24503 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24507 ;;;***
24508 \f
24509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24510 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24512 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24513 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24515 \(fn)" nil nil)
24517 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24518 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24520 \(fn)" nil nil)
24522 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24523 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24525 \(fn)" nil nil)
24527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24529 ;;;***
24530 \f
24531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24534 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24535 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24537 \(fn)" nil nil)
24539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24541 ;;;***
24542 \f
24543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24546 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24547 Completion for `cd'.
24549 \(fn)" nil nil)
24551 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24553 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24554 Completion for `rmdir'.
24556 \(fn)" nil nil)
24558 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24559 Completion for `rm'.
24561 \(fn)" nil nil)
24563 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24564 Completion for `xargs'.
24566 \(fn)" nil nil)
24568 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24570 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24571 Completion for `which'.
24573 \(fn)" nil nil)
24575 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24576 Completion for the `chown' command.
24578 \(fn)" nil nil)
24580 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24581 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24583 \(fn)" nil nil)
24585 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24586 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24588 \(fn)" nil nil)
24590 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24591 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24592 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24594 \(fn)" nil nil)
24596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24601 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24603 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24604 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24606 \(fn)" nil nil)
24608 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24609 Completion for the `ack' command.
24610 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24611 long options.
24613 \(fn)" nil nil)
24615 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24617 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24618 Completion for the `ag' command.
24620 \(fn)" nil nil)
24622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24624 ;;;***
24625 \f
24626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24627 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24629 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24630 Support extensible programmable completion.
24631 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24632 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24634 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24636 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24637 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24639 \(fn)" t nil)
24641 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24642 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24643 This will modify the current buffer.
24645 \(fn)" t nil)
24647 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24648 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24650 \(fn)" t nil)
24652 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24653 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24654 This will modify the current buffer.
24656 \(fn)" t nil)
24658 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24659 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24661 \(fn)" t nil)
24663 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24664 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24666 \(fn)" t nil)
24668 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24669 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24670 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24671 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24672 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24674 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24676 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24677 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24679 \(fn)" nil nil)
24681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24683 ;;;***
24684 \f
24685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24688 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24689 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24690 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24691 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24693 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24695 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24697 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24698 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24699 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24701 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24702 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24703 FLAGS is ignored.
24705 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24707 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24708 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24709 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24710 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24711 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24713 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24714 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24716 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24718 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24719 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24720 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24723 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24724 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24725 passed to cvs.
24727 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24729 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24730 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24731 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24732 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24734 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24735 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24737 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24739 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24740 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24741 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24743 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24745 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24746 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24747 A value of nil means never do it.
24748 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24749 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24750 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24752 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24754 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24755 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24756 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24760 ;;;***
24761 \f
24762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24763 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24765 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24766 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24770 ;;;***
24771 \f
24772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24777 ;;;***
24778 \f
24779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24784 ;;;***
24785 \f
24786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24791 ;;;***
24792 \f
24793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24794 ;;;;;; 0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24796 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24797 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24798 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24799 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24800 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24801 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24803 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24804 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24805 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24806 Tab indents for Perl code.
24808 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24809 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24811 Variables controlling indentation style:
24812 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24813 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24814 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24815 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24816 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24817 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24818 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24819 `perl-nochange'
24820 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24821 `perl-indent-level'
24822 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24823 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24824 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24825 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24826 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24827 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24828 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24829 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24830 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24831 `perl-brace-offset'
24832 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24833 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24834 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24835 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24836 `perl-label-offset'
24837 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24838 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24839 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24841 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24842 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24843 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24844 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24845 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24846 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24847 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24849 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24851 \(fn)" t nil)
24853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24860 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24861 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24863 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24864 afterwards settable by these commands:
24881 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24882 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24883 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24884 with these commands:
24888 Move to column following last
24896 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24898 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24902 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24905 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24910 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24913 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24923 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24924 by supplying an argument.
24926 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24928 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24929 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24931 \(fn)" t nil)
24933 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24937 ;;;***
24938 \f
24939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24941 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24943 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24944 Start a Pinentry service.
24946 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24947 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24949 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24950 will not be shown.
24952 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24956 ;;;***
24957 \f
24958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24961 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24962 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24964 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24966 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24967 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24969 \(fn)" t nil)
24971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24973 ;;;***
24974 \f
24975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24978 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24979 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24980 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24982 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24986 ;;;***
24987 \f
24988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24989 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24991 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24992 Play pong and waste time.
24993 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24994 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25000 \(fn)" t nil)
25002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25004 ;;;***
25005 \f
25006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25009 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25010 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25011 Use streaming commands.
25013 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25017 ;;;***
25018 \f
25019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25022 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25023 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25024 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25025 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25027 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25029 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25030 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25032 \(fn)" nil nil)
25034 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25035 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25036 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25037 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25038 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25040 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25042 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25043 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25044 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25046 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25048 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25049 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25051 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25053 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25054 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25055 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25056 Ignores leading comment characters.
25058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25060 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25061 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25062 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25063 Ignores leading comment characters.
25065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25069 ;;;***
25070 \f
25071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25072 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25073 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25075 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25076 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25078 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25082 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25085 Preview directory using ghostview.
25087 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25088 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25089 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25090 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25092 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25093 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25094 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25095 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25096 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25097 file name.
25099 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25101 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25103 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25104 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25106 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25107 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25108 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25109 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25111 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25112 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25113 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25114 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25115 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25116 file name.
25118 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25120 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25122 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25123 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25125 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25126 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25127 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25128 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25130 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25131 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25132 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25133 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25134 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25135 file name.
25137 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25139 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25141 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25142 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25144 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25146 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25147 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25148 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25149 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25151 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25152 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25153 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25154 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25155 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25156 file name.
25158 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25160 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25162 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25163 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25165 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25166 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25167 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25169 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25170 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25171 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25172 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25174 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25176 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25177 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25179 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25180 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25181 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25183 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25184 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25185 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25186 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25188 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25190 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25191 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25193 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25194 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25195 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25197 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25198 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25199 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25200 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25202 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25204 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25205 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25207 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25209 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25210 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25211 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25213 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25214 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25215 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25216 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25220 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25221 Preview region using ghostview.
25223 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25225 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25227 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25228 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25230 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25234 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25235 Print region using PostScript printer.
25237 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25241 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25242 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25244 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25248 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25249 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25251 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25253 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25255 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25256 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25258 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25260 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25262 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25263 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25265 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25267 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25269 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25270 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25272 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25274 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25276 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25277 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25278 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25279 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25281 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25282 matching.
25284 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25285 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25287 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25289 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25292 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25293 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25294 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25296 \(fn)" t nil)
25298 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25299 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25300 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25301 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25305 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25306 Print directory using text printer.
25308 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25309 matching.
25311 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25312 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25314 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25316 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25318 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25319 Print buffer using text printer.
25321 \(fn)" t nil)
25323 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25324 Print region using text printer.
25326 \(fn)" t nil)
25328 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25329 Print major mode using text printer.
25331 \(fn)" t nil)
25333 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25334 Preview spooled PostScript.
25336 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25337 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25338 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25340 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25341 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25342 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25344 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25346 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25347 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25349 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25350 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25351 instead of sending it to the printer.
25353 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25354 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25355 image in a file with that name.
25357 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25359 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25360 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25362 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25363 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25364 instead of sending it to the printer.
25366 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25367 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25368 image in a file with that name.
25370 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25372 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25373 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25375 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25376 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25377 instead of sending it to the printer.
25379 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25380 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25381 image in a file with that name.
25383 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25385 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25386 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25388 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25390 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25391 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25393 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25395 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25396 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25398 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25400 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25401 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25403 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25405 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25406 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25408 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25410 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25411 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25413 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25414 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25415 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25416 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25418 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25419 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25420 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25421 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25422 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25423 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25424 file name.
25426 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25428 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25429 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25431 \(fn)" t nil)
25433 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25434 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25436 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25437 right.
25438 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25439 bottom.
25441 \(fn)" t nil)
25443 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25444 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25446 \(fn)" t nil)
25448 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25449 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25451 \(fn)" t nil)
25453 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25454 Toggle printing with faces.
25456 \(fn)" t nil)
25458 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25459 Toggle spooling.
25461 \(fn)" t nil)
25463 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25464 Toggle duplex.
25466 \(fn)" t nil)
25468 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25469 Toggle tumble.
25471 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25472 right.
25473 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25474 bottom.
25476 \(fn)" t nil)
25478 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25479 Toggle landscape.
25481 \(fn)" t nil)
25483 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25484 Toggle upside-down.
25486 \(fn)" t nil)
25488 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25489 Toggle line number.
25491 \(fn)" t nil)
25493 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25494 Toggle zebra stripes.
25496 \(fn)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25499 Toggle printing header.
25501 \(fn)" t nil)
25503 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25504 Toggle printing header frame.
25506 \(fn)" t nil)
25508 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25509 Toggle menu lock.
25511 \(fn)" t nil)
25513 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25514 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25516 \(fn)" t nil)
25518 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25519 Toggle auto mode.
25521 \(fn)" t nil)
25523 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25524 Customization of the `printing' group.
25526 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25529 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25531 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25533 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25534 Help for the printing package.
25536 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25538 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25539 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25541 \(fn)" t nil)
25543 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25544 Interactively select a text printer.
25546 \(fn)" t nil)
25548 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25549 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25551 \(fn)" t nil)
25553 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25554 Show current ps-print settings.
25556 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25558 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25559 Show current printing settings.
25561 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25563 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25564 Show current lpr settings.
25566 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25568 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25569 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25571 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25572 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25573 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25574 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25577 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25579 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25580 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25581 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25583 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25584 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25585 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25586 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25587 current active printer.
25589 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25590 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25591 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25592 printer.
25594 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25595 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25596 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25597 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25598 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25601 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25602 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25604 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25606 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25607 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25608 be done using the new current active printer.
25610 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25611 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25612 printer.
25614 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25615 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25616 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25617 instead of sending it to the printer.
25619 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25620 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25621 printer.
25623 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25626 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25627 are both set to t.
25629 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25631 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25632 Fast fire function for text printing.
25634 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25635 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25636 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25637 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25639 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25640 user for a new active text printer.
25642 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25644 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25646 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25647 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25648 printer.
25650 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25652 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25653 are both set to t.
25655 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25659 ;;;***
25660 \f
25661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25662 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25664 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25665 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25667 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25668 the process information.
25670 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25672 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25673 Proced buffers.
25675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25679 ;;;***
25680 \f
25681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25684 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25685 Start/restart profilers.
25686 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25687 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25688 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25690 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25692 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25693 Open profile FILENAME.
25695 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25697 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25698 Open profile FILENAME.
25700 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25702 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25703 Open profile FILENAME.
25705 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25709 ;;;***
25710 \f
25711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25714 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25715 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25716 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25717 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25718 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25719 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25721 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25723 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25724 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25726 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25728 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25730 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25731 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25733 pattern to search for.
25735 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25737 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25738 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25739 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25740 recognized.
25742 \(fn)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25745 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25746 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25747 recognized.
25749 \(fn)" t nil)
25751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25753 ;;;***
25754 \f
25755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25758 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25759 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25761 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25762 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25764 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25766 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25769 Commands:
25772 \(fn)" t nil)
25774 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25775 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25776 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25778 \(fn)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25781 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25782 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25788 ;;;***
25789 \f
25790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25793 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25794 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25797 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25801 ;;;***
25802 \f
25803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25805 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25807 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25808 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25810 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25812 The following variables hold user options, and can
25813 be set through the `customize' command:
25815 `ps-mode-tab'
25816 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25817 `ps-mode-print-function'
25818 `ps-run-prompt'
25819 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25820 `ps-run-x'
25821 `ps-run-dumb'
25822 `ps-run-init'
25823 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25824 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25833 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25834 The keymap for this second window is:
25839 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25840 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25841 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25842 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25843 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25845 \(fn)" t nil)
25847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25849 ;;;***
25850 \f
25851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25852 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25857 ;;;***
25858 \f
25859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25860 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25861 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25863 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25864 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25865 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25867 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25869 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25870 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25871 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25872 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25874 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25876 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25877 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25879 Valid values are:
25881 nil Do not print colors.
25883 t Print colors.
25885 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25886 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25888 Any other value is treated as t.")
25890 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25892 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25893 Customization of ps-print group.
25895 \(fn)" t nil)
25897 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25898 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25900 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25901 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25902 sending it to the printer.
25904 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25905 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25906 image in a file with that name.
25908 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25911 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25912 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25913 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25914 so it has a way to determine color values.
25916 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25919 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25920 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25922 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25924 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25925 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25926 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25927 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25928 so it has a way to determine color values.
25930 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25932 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25933 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25934 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25935 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25937 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25941 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25942 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25943 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25944 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25945 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25947 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25949 \(fn)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25952 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25953 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25955 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25957 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25959 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25960 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25961 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25962 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25963 so it has a way to determine color values.
25965 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25967 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25969 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25970 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25972 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25973 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25974 instead of sending it to the printer.
25976 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25977 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25978 image in a file with that name.
25980 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25982 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25983 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25984 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25988 \(fn)" t nil)
25990 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25991 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25992 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25994 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25996 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25997 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25998 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26000 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26002 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26003 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26005 \(fn)" nil nil)
26007 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26008 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26010 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26011 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26013 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26014 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26016 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26018 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26020 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26022 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26023 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26025 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26026 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26028 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26029 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26031 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26033 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26035 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26037 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26038 foreground and background colors respectively.
26040 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26041 bold - use bold font.
26042 italic - use italic font.
26043 underline - put a line under text.
26044 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26045 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26046 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26047 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26048 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26050 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26052 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26056 ;;;***
26057 \f
26058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26059 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26063 ;;;***
26064 \f
26065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26066 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26067 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26069 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26070 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26071 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26073 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26075 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26076 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26077 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26079 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26083 ;;;***
26084 \f
26085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26090 ;;;***
26091 \f
26092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26094 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26098 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26100 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26101 Run an inferior Python process.
26103 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26104 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26105 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26106 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26107 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26109 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26110 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26111 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26112 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26114 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26116 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26118 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26120 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26121 Major mode for editing Python files.
26125 \(fn)" t nil)
26127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
26129 ;;;***
26130 \f
26131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26132 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26134 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26135 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26136 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26137 coding-system.
26139 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26142 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26143 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26144 them into characters should be done separately.
26146 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26150 ;;;***
26151 \f
26152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26155 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26156 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26158 \(fn)" nil nil)
26160 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26161 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26162 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26164 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26165 `quail-activate', which see.
26167 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26169 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26170 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26171 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26172 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26173 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26174 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26175 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26177 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26178 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26179 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26180 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26181 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26182 shown.
26183 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26185 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26186 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26189 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26190 list of candidates.
26192 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26193 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26194 command to be called.
26196 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26197 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26198 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26199 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26201 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26202 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26203 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26204 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26205 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26206 to t.
26208 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26209 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26210 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26211 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26213 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26214 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26215 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26216 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26217 defines no translations for single character keys.
26219 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26220 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26221 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26222 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26223 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26224 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26226 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26227 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26230 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26233 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26234 covers Quail translation region.
26236 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26237 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26238 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26239 for it) is inserted.
26241 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26242 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26243 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26245 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26246 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26247 non-Quail commands.
26249 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26251 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26252 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26254 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26255 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26256 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26257 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26258 you type is correctly handled.
26260 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26263 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26265 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26266 keyboard type.
26268 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26271 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26272 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26273 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26274 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26275 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26276 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26277 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26278 for the translation.
26279 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26281 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26282 it is used to handle KEY.
26284 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26285 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26286 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26287 the following annotation types are supported.
26289 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26290 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26292 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26293 candidate list.
26295 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26296 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26297 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26298 inserted.
26300 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26301 generated for the following translations.
26303 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26305 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26306 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26308 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26309 which to install MAP.
26311 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26313 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26315 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26316 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26318 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26319 which to install MAP.
26321 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26323 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26325 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26326 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26327 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26328 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26329 a function, or a cons.
26330 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26331 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26332 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26333 for the translation.
26334 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26335 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26336 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26337 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26338 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26340 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26341 it is used to handle KEY.
26343 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26344 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26345 current Quail package.
26347 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26348 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26350 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26352 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26353 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26355 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26356 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26358 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26360 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26361 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26363 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26365 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26366 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26367 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26368 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26369 of the Emacs source tree.
26371 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26374 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26375 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26376 of each directory.
26378 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26382 ;;;***
26383 \f
26384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26385 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26386 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26390 ;;;***
26391 \f
26392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26393 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26394 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26396 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26397 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26398 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26399 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26401 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26405 ;;;***
26406 \f
26407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26408 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26409 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26413 ;;;***
26414 \f
26415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26416 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26420 ;;;***
26421 \f
26422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26423 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26424 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26428 ;;;***
26429 \f
26430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26431 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26435 ;;;***
26436 \f
26437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26438 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26442 ;;;***
26443 \f
26444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26445 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26446 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26450 ;;;***
26451 \f
26452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26457 ;;;***
26458 \f
26459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26460 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26461 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26465 ;;;***
26466 \f
26467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26468 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26469 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26471 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26472 Activate UCS input method.
26473 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26475 While this input method is active, the variable
26476 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26478 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26482 ;;;***
26483 \f
26484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26485 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26489 ;;;***
26490 \f
26491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26492 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26494 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26495 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26496 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26497 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26499 To make use of this do something like:
26501 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26503 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26505 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26506 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26508 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26509 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26510 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26512 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26515 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26517 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26520 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26522 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26523 is decided.
26525 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26527 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26528 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26530 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26531 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26532 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26534 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26536 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26537 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26539 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26541 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26542 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26544 \(fn)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26547 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26549 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26553 \(fn)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26556 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26558 \(fn)" t nil)
26560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26562 ;;;***
26563 \f
26564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26565 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26568 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26570 ;;;***
26571 \f
26572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26575 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26576 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26578 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26580 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26584 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26586 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26589 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26591 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26592 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26593 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26594 for a description of this minor mode.
26595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26597 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26599 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26601 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26602 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26604 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26605 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26611 ;;;***
26612 \f
26613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26614 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26617 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26619 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26620 Construct a regexp interactively.
26623 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26626 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26628 \(fn)" t nil)
26630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26632 ;;;***
26633 \f
26634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26635 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26637 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26638 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26639 See the `recentf-mode' command
26640 for a description of this minor mode.
26641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26643 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26645 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26647 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26651 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26655 were operated on recently.
26657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26661 ;;;***
26662 \f
26663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26664 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26666 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26667 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26668 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26669 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26670 ends.
26672 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26673 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26674 to be deleted.
26676 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26678 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26679 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26680 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26682 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26683 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26684 deleted.
26686 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26688 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26689 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26690 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26692 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26694 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26695 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26697 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26698 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26700 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26701 deleted.
26703 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26704 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
26705 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26706 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26707 even beep.)
26709 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26711 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26712 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26716 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26717 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26722 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26723 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26724 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26725 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26726 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26727 and point is at the lower right corner.
26729 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26731 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26732 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26734 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26735 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26737 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26738 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26739 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26741 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26743 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26745 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26746 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26747 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26748 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26749 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26751 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26752 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26754 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26756 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26757 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26758 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26760 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26762 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26764 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26766 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26767 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26769 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26770 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26771 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26773 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26775 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26776 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26777 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26779 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26780 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26781 rectangle which were empty.
26783 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26785 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26786 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26788 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26789 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26790 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26791 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26793 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26796 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26797 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26803 ;;;***
26804 \f
26805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26810 ;;;***
26811 \f
26812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26822 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26823 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26828 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26829 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26830 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26831 auto-filling.
26835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26839 ;;;***
26840 \f
26841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26843 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26844 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26845 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26846 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26848 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26849 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26851 \(fn)" nil nil)
26853 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26860 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26861 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26865 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26868 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26869 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26872 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26873 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26875 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26879 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26880 on the menu bar.
26882 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26886 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26887 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26888 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26890 \(fn)" nil nil)
26892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26894 ;;;***
26895 \f
26896 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26898 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26902 ;;;***
26903 \f
26904 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26905 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
26906 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26910 ;;;***
26911 \f
26912 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26913 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26914 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26918 ;;;***
26919 \f
26920 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26921 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
26922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26926 ;;;***
26927 \f
26928 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
26930 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26934 ;;;***
26935 \f
26936 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26937 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26938 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26942 ;;;***
26943 \f
26944 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26945 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26950 ;;;***
26951 \f
26952 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26953 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26958 ;;;***
26959 \f
26960 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26961 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26962 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26966 ;;;***
26967 \f
26968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26969 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26971 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26972 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26973 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26974 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26978 ;;;***
26979 \f
26980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26981 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26984 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26985 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26986 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
26987 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
26988 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
26990 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
26992 a string
26993 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
26995 group.
26997 `words'
27000 `symbols'
27003 non-nil
27006 nil
27008 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27009 apply to the whole expression.
27011 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27012 than that of a simplified version:
27014 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27015 (let ((parens
27021 (concat (car paren)
27023 (cdr paren))))
27025 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27027 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27028 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27029 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27030 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27032 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27036 ;;;***
27037 \f
27038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27040 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27044 ;;;***
27045 \f
27046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27047 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27051 ;;;***
27052 \f
27053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27055 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27057 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27058 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27059 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27060 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27062 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27064 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27066 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27067 Call `remember' in another frame.
27069 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27072 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27073 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27075 \(fn)" t nil)
27077 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27078 Extract diary entries from the region.
27080 \(fn)" nil nil)
27082 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27083 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27084 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27085 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27087 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27089 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27090 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27091 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27092 minor mode.
27094 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27096 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27097 Return the buffer.
27099 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27101 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27103 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27107 ;;;***
27108 \f
27109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27110 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27111 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27113 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27114 Repeat most recently executed command.
27115 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27116 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27117 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27119 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27120 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27121 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27122 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27124 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27128 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27130 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27132 ;;;***
27133 \f
27134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27137 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27138 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27140 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27141 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27142 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27143 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27144 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27145 and point is left after the salutation.
27147 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27148 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27149 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27150 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27151 left after that text.
27153 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27154 is non-nil.
27156 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27157 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27158 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27159 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27161 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27165 ;;;***
27166 \f
27167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27168 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27170 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27171 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27172 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27173 visibility of comments that precede it.
27174 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27175 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27176 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27177 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27178 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27179 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27180 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27181 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27182 the comment lines.
27183 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27184 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27185 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27186 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27187 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27193 ;;;***
27194 \f
27195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27196 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27198 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27199 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27202 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27204 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27205 reveals invisible text around point.
27207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27209 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27210 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27211 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27212 for a description of this minor mode.
27213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27215 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27217 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27219 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27220 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27221 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27231 ;;;***
27232 \f
27233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27234 ;;;;;; 0))
27235 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27239 ;;;***
27240 \f
27241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27246 ;;;***
27247 \f
27248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27253 ;;;***
27254 \f
27255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27260 ;;;***
27261 \f
27262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27267 ;;;***
27268 \f
27269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27274 ;;;***
27275 \f
27276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27281 ;;;***
27282 \f
27283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27286 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27287 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27289 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27291 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27292 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27294 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27303 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27304 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27305 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27306 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27308 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27310 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27311 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27312 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27313 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27315 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27316 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27318 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27319 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27321 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27322 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27323 INPUT-ARGS.
27325 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27326 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27327 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27328 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27329 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27331 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27332 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27333 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27334 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27336 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27337 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27338 variable.
27340 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27344 ;;;***
27345 \f
27346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27349 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27350 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27352 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27354 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27356 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27357 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27358 Its name should end with a slash.")
27360 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27361 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27363 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27364 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27365 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27367 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27369 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27370 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27371 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27372 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27373 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27374 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27375 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27377 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27378 sent by you under different user names.
27379 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27381 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27383 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27385 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27387 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27388 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27389 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27390 explicitly.")
27392 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27394 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27395 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27396 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27397 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27398 which normally happens once for each message,
27399 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27400 To make a change in this variable take effect
27401 for a message that you have already viewed,
27404 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27406 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27407 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27408 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27409 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27411 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27413 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27414 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27416 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27419 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27420 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27422 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27424 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27425 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27426 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27427 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27428 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27431 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27433 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27434 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27436 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27439 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27441 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27443 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27444 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27446 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27447 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27449 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27451 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27452 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27454 This is set to nil by default.")
27456 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27457 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27458 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27459 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27460 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27461 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27462 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27464 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27465 Read and edit incoming mail.
27466 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27467 file in RMAIL Mode.
27470 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27471 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27472 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27473 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27475 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27477 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27479 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27481 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27482 Instead, these commands are available:
27498 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27499 till a deleted message is found.
27500 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27513 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27518 (label defaults to last one specified).
27519 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27529 \(fn)" t nil)
27531 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27532 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27534 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27536 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27537 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27539 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27543 ;;;***
27544 \f
27545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27546 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27547 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27551 ;;;***
27552 \f
27553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27554 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27559 ;;;***
27560 \f
27561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27562 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27567 ;;;***
27568 \f
27569 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27570 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27575 ;;;***
27576 \f
27577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27579 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27581 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27582 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27583 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27584 case it writes Babyl.
27586 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27587 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27588 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27589 `rmail-default-file'.
27591 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27592 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27593 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27595 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27596 the header display is currently pruned.
27598 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27599 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27600 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27601 messages after output.
27603 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27605 message (if writing a file directly).
27607 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27608 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27610 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27612 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27613 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27614 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27615 i) the header is output as currently seen
27616 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27617 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27619 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27620 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27621 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27623 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27625 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27626 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27627 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27629 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27630 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27631 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27633 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27634 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27635 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27637 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27641 ;;;***
27642 \f
27643 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27644 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27649 ;;;***
27650 \f
27651 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27652 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27657 ;;;***
27658 \f
27659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27660 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27662 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27663 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27664 Return a pattern.
27666 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27670 ;;;***
27671 \f
27672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27673 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27677 ;;;***
27678 \f
27679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27680 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27684 ;;;***
27685 \f
27686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27687 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27691 ;;;***
27692 \f
27693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27694 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27698 ;;;***
27699 \f
27700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27701 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27703 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27704 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27705 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27706 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27708 \(fn)" t nil)
27710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27712 ;;;***
27713 \f
27714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27715 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27719 ;;;***
27720 \f
27721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27722 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27726 ;;;***
27727 \f
27728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27729 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27733 ;;;***
27734 \f
27735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27740 ;;;***
27741 \f
27742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27743 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27745 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27746 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27748 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27749 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27750 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27751 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27752 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27754 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27755 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27756 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27757 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27759 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27760 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27762 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27763 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27764 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27765 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27766 to use for finding the schema.
27768 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27772 ;;;***
27773 \f
27774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27775 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27777 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27779 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27780 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27781 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27782 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27783 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27784 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27785 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27786 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27787 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27788 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27789 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27790 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27791 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27792 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27793 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27794 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27795 must be equal.
27797 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27801 ;;;***
27802 \f
27803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27804 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27806 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27807 Define a robin package.
27809 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27810 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27811 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27812 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27814 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27815 one replaces the old one.
27817 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27819 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27820 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27822 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27823 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27824 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27826 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27828 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27829 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27831 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27835 ;;;***
27836 \f
27837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27838 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27840 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27841 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27842 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
27843 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
27844 and END, and return the encrypted string.
27846 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27848 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27849 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27851 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27853 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27854 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27858 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27859 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27860 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27862 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27863 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27864 in ROT13.
27866 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27868 \(fn)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27871 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27873 \(fn)" t nil)
27875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27877 ;;;***
27878 \f
27879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27883 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27884 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27887 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27888 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27889 highlighting.
27893 \(fn)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27896 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27901 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27902 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27903 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27909 ;;;***
27910 \f
27911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27912 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27916 ;;;***
27917 \f
27918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27919 ;;;;;; 0))
27920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27921 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27923 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27924 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27926 \(fn)" t nil)
27928 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27930 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27934 ;;;***
27935 \f
27936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27937 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27938 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27940 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27941 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27942 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27944 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27945 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27947 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27948 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27954 ;;;***
27955 \f
27956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27959 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27960 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27961 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27962 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27964 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27966 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27967 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27968 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27970 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27971 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27972 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27974 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27975 notation.
27977 STRING
27978 matches string STRING literally.
27980 CHAR
27981 matches character CHAR literally.
27983 `not-newline', `nonl'
27984 matches any character except a newline.
27986 `anything'
27987 matches any character
27989 `(any SET ...)'
27990 `(in SET ...)'
27991 `(char SET ...)'
27992 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27993 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27994 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27996 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27997 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27998 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27999 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28001 `(not (any SET ...))'
28002 matches any character not in SET ...
28004 `line-start', `bol'
28005 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28006 in the text being matched
28008 `line-end', `eol'
28009 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28011 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28012 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28013 string being matched against.
28015 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28016 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28017 string being matched against.
28019 `buffer-start'
28020 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28021 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28023 `buffer-end'
28024 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28025 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28027 `point'
28028 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28030 `word-start', `bow'
28031 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28033 `word-end', `eow'
28034 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28036 `word-boundary'
28037 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28038 word.
28040 `(not word-boundary)'
28041 `not-word-boundary'
28042 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28043 word.
28045 `symbol-start'
28046 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28048 `symbol-end'
28049 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28051 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28052 matches 0 through 9.
28054 `control', `cntrl'
28055 matches ASCII control characters.
28057 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28058 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28060 `blank'
28061 matches space and tab only.
28063 `graphic', `graph'
28064 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28065 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28066 unassigned by Unicode.
28068 `printing', `print'
28069 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28071 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28072 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
28073 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28075 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28076 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
28077 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28079 `ascii'
28080 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28082 `nonascii'
28083 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28085 `lower', `lower-case'
28086 matches anything lower-case.
28088 `upper', `upper-case'
28089 matches anything upper-case.
28091 `punctuation', `punct'
28092 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28093 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28095 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28096 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28098 `word', `wordchar'
28099 matches anything that has word syntax.
28101 `not-wordchar'
28102 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28104 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28105 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28106 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28125 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28126 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28128 `(category CATEGORY)'
28129 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28130 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28172 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28173 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28175 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28176 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28177 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28178 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28179 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28181 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28182 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28183 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28184 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28186 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28187 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28188 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28189 group number N.
28191 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28192 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28193 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28194 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28195 regular expression.
28197 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28198 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28200 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28201 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28203 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28204 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28206 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28207 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28209 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28210 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28211 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28213 `(* SEXP ...)'
28214 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28215 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28217 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28218 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28219 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28221 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28222 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28223 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28225 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28226 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28228 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28229 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28231 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28232 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28233 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28234 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28236 `(? SEXP ...)'
28237 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28239 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28240 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28242 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28243 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28244 matches N occurrences.
28246 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28247 matches N or more occurrences.
28249 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28250 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28251 matches N to M occurrences.
28253 `(backref N)'
28254 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28256 `(eval FORM)'
28257 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28258 `regexp-quote' it.
28260 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28261 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28263 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28267 ;;;***
28268 \f
28269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28274 ;;;***
28275 \f
28276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28281 ;;;***
28282 \f
28283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28288 ;;;***
28289 \f
28290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28292 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28296 ;;;***
28297 \f
28298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28299 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28304 ;;;***
28305 \f
28306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28308 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28310 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28311 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28312 See the `savehist-mode' command
28313 for a description of this minor mode.
28314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28316 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28318 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28320 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28321 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28323 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28324 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28326 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28327 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28328 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28329 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28331 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28332 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28333 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28339 ;;;***
28340 \f
28341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28342 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28344 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28345 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28346 See the `save-place-mode' command
28347 for a description of this minor mode.
28348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28350 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28352 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28354 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28355 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28356 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28357 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28361 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28362 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28363 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28364 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28365 even in a later Emacs session.
28367 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28368 the argument is positive.
28370 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28371 file:
28373 \(save-place-mode 1)
28375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28379 ;;;***
28380 \f
28381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28382 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28386 ;;;***
28387 \f
28388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28391 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28392 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28393 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28395 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28396 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28397 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28398 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28400 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28402 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28404 Commands:
28405 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28406 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28409 \(fn)" t nil)
28411 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28412 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28413 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28415 Commands:
28416 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28417 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28419 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28420 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28421 that variable's value is a string.
28423 \(fn)" t nil)
28425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28427 ;;;***
28428 \f
28429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28432 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28433 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28434 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28438 \(fn)" t nil)
28440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28442 ;;;***
28443 \f
28444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28445 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28447 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28448 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28449 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28450 for a description of this minor mode.
28451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28453 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28455 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28457 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28458 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28459 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28460 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28461 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28463 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28464 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28470 ;;;***
28471 \f
28472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28477 ;;;***
28478 \f
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28482 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28483 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28485 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28486 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28487 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28488 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28489 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28495 ;;;***
28496 \f
28497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28499 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28500 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28504 ;;;***
28505 \f
28506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28507 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28508 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28510 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28511 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28512 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28514 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28515 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28516 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28517 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28518 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28519 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28520 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28521 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28522 keybinding for tag names.
28523 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28524 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28525 of the symbol under point.
28526 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28527 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28528 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28529 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28530 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28531 syntax tokens.
28532 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28534 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28536 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28537 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28538 See the `semantic-mode' command
28539 for a description of this minor mode.
28540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28542 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28544 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28546 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28547 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28550 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28552 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28553 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28554 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28555 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28556 Semantic mode.
28560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28564 ;;;***
28565 \f
28566 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28572 ;;;***
28573 \f
28574 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28575 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28576 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28580 ;;;***
28581 \f
28582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28583 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28588 ;;;***
28589 \f
28590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28591 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28596 ;;;***
28597 \f
28598 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28604 ;;;***
28605 \f
28606 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28623 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28624 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28628 ;;;***
28629 \f
28630 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28631 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28636 ;;;***
28637 \f
28638 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28639 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28644 ;;;***
28645 \f
28646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28647 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28650 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28651 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28653 \(fn)" t nil)
28655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28657 ;;;***
28658 \f
28659 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28660 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28668 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28673 ;;;***
28674 \f
28675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28676 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28677 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28681 ;;;***
28682 \f
28683 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28684 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28689 ;;;***
28690 \f
28691 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28692 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28693 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28697 ;;;***
28698 \f
28699 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28700 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
28701 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28705 ;;;***
28706 \f
28707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28708 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28713 ;;;***
28714 \f
28715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28716 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28717 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28721 ;;;***
28722 \f
28723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28724 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28729 ;;;***
28730 \f
28731 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28732 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28733 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28737 ;;;***
28738 \f
28739 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28740 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28741 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28745 ;;;***
28746 \f
28747 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28748 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28753 ;;;***
28754 \f
28755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28756 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28761 ;;;***
28762 \f
28763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28764 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28769 ;;;***
28770 \f
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28777 ;;;***
28778 \f
28779 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
28781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28785 ;;;***
28786 \f
28787 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28788 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28793 ;;;***
28794 \f
28795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28796 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28797 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28801 ;;;***
28802 \f
28803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28804 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28809 ;;;***
28810 \f
28811 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28817 ;;;***
28818 \f
28819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28825 ;;;***
28826 \f
28827 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28833 ;;;***
28834 \f
28835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28836 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28841 ;;;***
28842 \f
28843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28849 ;;;***
28850 \f
28851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28857 ;;;***
28858 \f
28859 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28865 ;;;***
28866 \f
28867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28868 ;;;;;; 0))
28869 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28873 ;;;***
28874 \f
28875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28876 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28881 ;;;***
28882 \f
28883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28884 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28889 ;;;***
28890 \f
28891 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28892 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28897 ;;;***
28898 \f
28899 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28900 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
28901 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28905 ;;;***
28906 \f
28907 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28908 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
28909 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28913 ;;;***
28914 \f
28915 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28916 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28921 ;;;***
28922 \f
28923 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28924 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28929 ;;;***
28930 \f
28931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28932 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28937 ;;;***
28938 \f
28939 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28945 ;;;***
28946 \f
28947 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
28949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28953 ;;;***
28954 \f
28955 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28961 ;;;***
28962 \f
28963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28964 ;;;;;; 0))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28969 ;;;***
28970 \f
28971 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28972 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28977 ;;;***
28978 \f
28979 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28985 ;;;***
28986 \f
28987 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
28989 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28993 ;;;***
28994 \f
28995 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29001 ;;;***
29002 \f
29003 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29009 ;;;***
29010 \f
29011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29012 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29013 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29017 ;;;***
29018 \f
29019 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29021 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29025 ;;;***
29026 \f
29027 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29029 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29033 ;;;***
29034 \f
29035 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29049 ;;;***
29050 \f
29051 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29052 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29053 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29057 ;;;***
29058 \f
29059 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29060 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29068 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29073 ;;;***
29074 \f
29075 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29076 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29081 ;;;***
29082 \f
29083 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29084 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29089 ;;;***
29090 \f
29091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29092 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29097 ;;;***
29098 \f
29099 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29100 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29105 ;;;***
29106 \f
29107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29108 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
29113 ;;;***
29114 \f
29115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29116 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29121 ;;;***
29122 \f
29123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29124 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29127 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29128 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29130 \(fn)" t nil)
29132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29134 ;;;***
29135 \f
29136 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29137 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29142 ;;;***
29143 \f
29144 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29145 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29146 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29150 ;;;***
29151 \f
29152 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29153 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
29158 ;;;***
29159 \f
29160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29161 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
29166 ;;;***
29167 \f
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29171 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
29174 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29175 king@grassland.com
29176 If `parens', they look like:
29177 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29178 If `angles', they look like:
29179 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29181 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29182 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29184 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29186 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29187 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29188 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29189 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29191 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29192 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29193 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29194 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29196 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29198 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29199 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
29200 This is done when the message is initialized,
29201 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
29203 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29205 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29206 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29207 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29209 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29211 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29212 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29213 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29214 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29215 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29216 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29217 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29219 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29221 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29222 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29224 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29226 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29227 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29228 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29229 be a Babyl file.")
29231 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29233 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29234 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29235 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29236 when you first send mail.")
29238 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29240 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29241 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29242 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29243 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29244 This file need not actually exist.")
29246 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29248 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29249 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29251 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29253 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29254 Alist of mail address aliases,
29255 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29256 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29257 can specify a different file name.)
29258 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29259 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29261 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29262 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29263 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29265 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29267 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29268 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29269 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29271 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29273 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29274 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29275 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29276 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29277 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29278 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29279 in the cited portion of the message.
29281 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29282 instead of no action.")
29284 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29286 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29287 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29288 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29289 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29290 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29292 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29294 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29295 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29296 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29297 If a string, that string is inserted.
29299 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29300 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29301 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29303 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29305 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29306 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29308 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29310 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29311 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29312 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29314 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29315 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29317 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29319 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29320 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29321 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29322 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29324 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29326 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29327 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29328 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29330 \(fn)" nil nil)
29332 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29334 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29337 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29339 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29340 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29341 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29346 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29358 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29359 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29361 \(fn)" t nil)
29363 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29364 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29366 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29368 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29370 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29371 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29372 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29373 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29374 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29375 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29377 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29378 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29379 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29381 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29382 User should not set this variable manually,
29383 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29384 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29385 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29387 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29388 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29389 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29390 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29392 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29393 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29398 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29399 to move to message header fields:
29402 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29403 when the message is initialized.
29405 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29406 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29408 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29409 is inserted.
29411 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29412 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29414 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29415 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29416 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29417 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29418 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29419 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29420 buffer without erasing the contents.
29422 The second through fifth arguments,
29423 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29424 the initial contents of those header fields.
29425 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29426 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29427 original message being replied to, or else an action
29428 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29429 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29430 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29431 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29432 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29433 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29435 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29437 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29438 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29440 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29442 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29443 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29445 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29449 ;;;***
29450 \f
29451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29453 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 19)) package--builtin-versions)
29455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29457 ;;;***
29458 \f
29459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29460 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29462 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29464 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29466 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29468 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29469 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29470 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29471 changed while a server is running.")
29473 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29475 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29476 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29477 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29479 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29482 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29483 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29485 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29486 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29487 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29492 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29494 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29495 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29496 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29497 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29499 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29501 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29502 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29503 See the `server-mode' command
29504 for a description of this minor mode.
29505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29507 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29509 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29511 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29512 Toggle Server mode.
29513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29515 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29517 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29518 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29519 `server-start' for details.
29521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29523 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29524 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29525 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29527 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29528 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29530 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29534 ;;;***
29535 \f
29536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29539 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29540 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29542 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29543 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29544 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29545 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29546 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29548 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29549 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29550 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29551 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29552 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29553 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29555 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29556 displayed.
29558 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29559 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29560 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29563 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29565 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29566 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29569 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29570 part):
29572 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29573 formula:
29576 \(fn)" t nil)
29578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29580 ;;;***
29581 \f
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29583 ;;;;;; 0))
29584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29586 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29587 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29588 Makes > match <.
29590 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29592 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29593 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29594 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29597 in your init file.
29605 \(fn)" t nil)
29607 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29608 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29609 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29610 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29612 which this is based.
29614 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29616 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29617 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29618 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29619 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29621 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29622 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29623 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29625 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29626 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29627 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29628 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29633 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29637 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29638 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29639 To work around that, do:
29644 \(fn)" t nil)
29646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29648 ;;;***
29649 \f
29650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29651 ;;;;;; 0))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29653 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29654 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29656 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29657 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29658 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29659 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29660 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29661 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29663 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29664 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29665 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29666 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29667 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29669 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29670 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29671 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29684 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29688 would indent to the way it currently is.
29690 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29699 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29700 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29701 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29703 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29704 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29705 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29708 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29710 \(fn)" t nil)
29712 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29716 ;;;***
29717 \f
29718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29721 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29722 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29724 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29725 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29726 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29728 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29729 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29730 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29732 the earlier.
29734 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29738 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29739 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29742 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29743 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29745 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29746 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29747 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29748 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29749 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29750 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29751 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29752 Emacs version).
29754 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29755 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29756 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29757 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29758 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29760 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29761 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29763 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29767 ;;;***
29768 \f
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29772 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29773 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29774 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29775 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29776 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29777 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29778 sites in the cluster.
29780 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29782 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29783 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29784 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29785 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29786 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29788 \(fn)" t nil)
29790 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29791 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29792 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29793 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29794 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29795 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29796 `shadow-define-cluster').
29798 \(fn)" t nil)
29800 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29801 Set up file shadowing.
29803 \(fn)" t nil)
29805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29807 ;;;***
29808 \f
29809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29810 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29813 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29814 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29815 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29816 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29817 arguments.")
29819 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29821 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29822 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29823 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29824 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29825 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29827 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29828 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29829 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29830 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29831 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29832 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29833 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29834 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29835 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29836 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29837 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29839 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29842 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29843 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29844 `default-process-coding-system'.
29846 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29847 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29848 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29849 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29853 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29857 ;;;***
29858 \f
29859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29862 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29863 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29865 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29867 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29868 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29869 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29870 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29872 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29876 ;;;***
29877 \f
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29883 ;;;***
29884 \f
29885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29888 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29891 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29893 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29896 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29898 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29901 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29903 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29906 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29910 ;;;***
29911 \f
29912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29913 ;;;;;; 0))
29914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29918 ;;;***
29919 \f
29920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29923 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29924 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29925 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29926 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29927 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29929 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29931 \(fn)" t nil)
29933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29935 ;;;***
29936 \f
29937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29940 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29941 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29943 Variables controlling indentation style:
29944 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29945 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29946 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29947 `simula-indent-level'
29948 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29949 `simula-substatement-offset'
29950 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29951 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29952 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29953 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29954 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29955 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29956 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29957 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29958 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29959 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29960 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29961 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29962 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29963 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29964 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29965 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29966 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29967 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29968 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29969 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29970 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29971 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29972 or nil if they should not be changed.
29973 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29974 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29975 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29976 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29978 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29979 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29981 \(fn)" t nil)
29983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29985 ;;;***
29986 \f
29987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29988 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29990 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29991 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29993 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29994 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29995 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29996 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29998 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30000 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30002 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30003 Insert SKELETON.
30004 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30005 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30006 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30007 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30010 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30011 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30013 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30015 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30016 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30018 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30019 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30020 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30021 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30023 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30024 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30025 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30026 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30028 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30029 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30030 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30032 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30033 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30034 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30036 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30037 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30039 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30040 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30043 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30044 is at bol/eol
30045 _ interesting point, interregion here
30046 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30047 interesting point set by _
30048 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30049 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30050 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30051 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30052 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30053 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30054 nil skipped
30056 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30057 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30060 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30062 as the first element when at bol.
30064 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30065 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30066 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30068 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30070 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30071 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30073 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30074 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30075 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30076 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30077 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30078 available:
30080 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30081 then: insert previously read string once more
30082 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30083 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30084 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30086 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30088 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30089 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30091 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30092 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30093 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30094 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30095 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30096 such as backslash.
30098 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30099 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30100 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30101 twice for the others.
30103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30107 ;;;***
30108 \f
30109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30110 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30112 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30113 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30114 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30115 buffer names.
30117 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30119 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30120 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30122 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30123 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30128 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30129 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30130 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30132 \(fn)" t nil)
30134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30136 ;;;***
30137 \f
30138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30143 ;;;***
30144 \f
30145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30148 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30149 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30150 A list of images is returned.
30152 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30154 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30155 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30156 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30158 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
30162 ;;;***
30163 \f
30164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30169 ;;;***
30170 \f
30171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30174 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30177 \(fn)" nil nil)
30179 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30180 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30182 \(fn)" t nil)
30184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30186 ;;;***
30187 \f
30188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30191 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30192 Play the Snake game.
30193 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30195 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30197 Snake mode keybindings:
30207 \(fn)" t nil)
30209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30211 ;;;***
30212 \f
30213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30216 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30217 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30218 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30219 Tab indents for C code.
30220 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30221 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30223 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30224 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30226 \(fn)" t nil)
30228 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30229 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30230 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30231 Tab indents for C code.
30232 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30233 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30235 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30236 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30238 \(fn)" t nil)
30240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30242 ;;;***
30243 \f
30244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30246 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30250 ;;;***
30251 \f
30252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30253 ;;;;;; 0))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30258 ;;;***
30259 \f
30260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30265 ;;;***
30266 \f
30267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30268 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30270 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30271 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30272 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30273 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30274 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30276 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30282 ;;;***
30283 \f
30284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30287 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30288 Play Solitaire.
30292 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30296 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30297 check after each move or undo.)
30299 What is Solitaire?
30301 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30302 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30303 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30305 Le Solitaire
30306 ============
30308 o o o
30310 o o o
30312 o o o o o o o
30314 o o o . o o o
30316 o o o o o o o
30318 o o o
30320 o o o
30322 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30323 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30324 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30325 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30327 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30328 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30329 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30330 this: o o .
30332 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30333 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30335 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30337 o o o
30339 . o o
30341 o o . o o o o
30343 o . o o o o o
30345 o o o o o o o
30347 o o o
30349 o o o
30351 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30355 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30359 ;;;***
30360 \f
30361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30362 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30363 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30365 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30366 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30368 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30369 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30370 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30371 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30372 contiguous.
30374 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30375 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30376 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30377 the sort order.
30379 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30380 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30382 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30383 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30384 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30385 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30386 is called.
30388 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30389 It should move point to the end of the record.
30391 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30392 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30393 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30394 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30395 starts at the beginning of the record.
30397 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30398 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30399 same as ENDRECFUN.
30401 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30402 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30403 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30404 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30405 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30406 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30407 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30409 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30411 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30412 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30413 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30414 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30415 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30416 the sort order.
30418 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30420 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30421 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30422 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30423 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30424 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30425 the sort order.
30427 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30429 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30430 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30431 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30432 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30433 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30434 the sort order.
30436 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30437 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30439 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30440 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30441 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30442 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30444 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30445 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30446 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30447 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30449 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30451 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30452 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30453 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30454 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30455 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30456 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30457 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30458 the sort order.
30460 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30462 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30463 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30464 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30465 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30467 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30470 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30471 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30473 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30475 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30476 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30477 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30479 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30481 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30482 the sort order.
30484 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30488 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30490 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30491 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30492 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30493 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30494 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30495 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30496 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30497 the sort order.
30499 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30500 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30501 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30502 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30505 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30507 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30508 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30509 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30511 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30513 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30514 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30515 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30516 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30517 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30518 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30519 each repeated line.
30521 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30522 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30523 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30524 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30526 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30527 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30529 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30530 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30532 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30536 ;;;***
30537 \f
30538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30539 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30543 ;;;***
30544 \f
30545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30548 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30549 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30550 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30551 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30552 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30553 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30555 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30559 ;;;***
30560 \f
30561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30562 ;;;;;; 0))
30563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30565 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30566 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30568 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30569 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30570 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30572 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30574 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30575 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30576 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30577 server.
30579 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30581 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30582 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30583 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30585 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30587 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30588 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30590 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30591 Agent is plugged.
30593 \(fn)" t nil)
30595 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30596 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30597 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30600 \(fn)" t nil)
30602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30604 ;;;***
30605 \f
30606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30611 ;;;***
30612 \f
30613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30618 ;;;***
30619 \f
30620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30621 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30623 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30625 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30626 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30627 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30628 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30629 supported at a time.
30630 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30631 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30635 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30636 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30637 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30638 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30640 \(fn)" t nil)
30642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30644 ;;;***
30645 \f
30646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30649 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30650 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30652 \(fn)" t nil)
30654 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30655 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30657 \(fn)" nil nil)
30659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30661 ;;;***
30662 \f
30663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30665 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30667 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30668 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30670 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30671 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30672 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30673 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30674 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30675 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30676 of the current highlighting list.
30678 For example:
30683 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30684 `_t' as data types.
30686 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30688 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30689 Major mode to edit SQL.
30691 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30693 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30696 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30698 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30699 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30702 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30705 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30706 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30708 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30709 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30710 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30713 (lambda ()
30716 \(fn)" t nil)
30718 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30719 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30721 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30722 their settings.
30724 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30725 is specified in the connection settings.
30727 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30729 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30730 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30732 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30733 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30735 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30742 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30744 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30745 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30747 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30748 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30749 `*SQL*'.
30751 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30752 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30753 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30754 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30756 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30757 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30762 buffer.
30764 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30767 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30768 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30769 `default-process-coding-system'.
30773 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30775 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30776 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30778 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30779 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30780 `*SQL*'.
30782 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30783 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30784 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30785 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30787 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30788 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30793 buffer.
30795 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30798 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30799 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30800 `default-process-coding-system'.
30804 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30806 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30807 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30809 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30810 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30811 `*SQL*'.
30813 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30814 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30816 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30817 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30822 buffer.
30824 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30827 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30828 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30829 `default-process-coding-system'.
30833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30835 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30836 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30838 SQLite is free software.
30840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30842 `*SQL*'.
30844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30845 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30846 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30847 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30849 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30850 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30855 buffer.
30857 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30860 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30861 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30862 `default-process-coding-system'.
30866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30868 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30869 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30871 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30873 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30874 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30875 `*SQL*'.
30877 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30878 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30879 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30880 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30882 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30888 buffer.
30890 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30893 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30894 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30895 `default-process-coding-system'.
30899 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30901 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30902 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30904 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30905 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30906 `*SQL*'.
30908 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30909 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30910 defaults, if set.
30912 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30913 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30918 buffer.
30920 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30923 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30924 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30925 `default-process-coding-system'.
30929 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30931 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30932 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30934 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30935 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30936 `*SQL*'.
30938 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30939 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30941 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30942 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30947 buffer.
30949 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30952 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30953 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30954 `default-process-coding-system'.
30958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30960 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30961 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30963 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30964 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30965 `*SQL*'.
30967 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30968 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30969 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30970 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30972 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30973 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30978 buffer.
30980 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30983 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30984 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30985 `default-process-coding-system'.
30989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30991 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30992 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30996 `*SQL*'.
30998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30999 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31000 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31001 `sql-postgres-options'.
31003 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31004 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31009 buffer.
31011 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31014 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31015 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31016 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31017 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31018 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31020 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31025 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31027 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31028 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31030 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31031 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31032 `*SQL*'.
31034 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31035 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31036 defaults, if set.
31038 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31039 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31044 buffer.
31046 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31049 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31050 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31051 `default-process-coding-system'.
31055 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31057 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31058 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31060 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31061 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31062 `*SQL*'.
31064 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31065 automatic login.
31067 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31068 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31071 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31072 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31073 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31078 buffer.
31080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31083 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31085 `default-process-coding-system'.
31089 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31091 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31092 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31094 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31095 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31096 `*SQL*'.
31098 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31099 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31100 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31101 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31102 parameters.
31104 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31105 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31106 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31107 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31108 an empty password.
31110 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31116 buffer.
31120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31122 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31123 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31125 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31129 ;;;***
31130 \f
31131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31132 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31133 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31137 ;;;***
31138 \f
31139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31140 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31141 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31145 ;;;***
31146 \f
31147 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31148 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31153 ;;;***
31154 \f
31155 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31156 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31157 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31161 ;;;***
31162 \f
31163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31165 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31169 ;;;***
31170 \f
31171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31172 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31173 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31177 ;;;***
31178 \f
31179 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31180 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31181 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31185 ;;;***
31186 \f
31187 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31188 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31193 ;;;***
31194 \f
31195 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31196 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31197 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31201 ;;;***
31202 \f
31203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31204 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31205 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31209 ;;;***
31210 \f
31211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31212 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31217 ;;;***
31218 \f
31219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31220 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31221 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31225 ;;;***
31226 \f
31227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31228 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31229 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31233 ;;;***
31234 \f
31235 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31236 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31237 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31241 ;;;***
31242 \f
31243 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31244 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31245 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31249 ;;;***
31250 \f
31251 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31252 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31253 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31257 ;;;***
31258 \f
31259 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31260 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31261 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31265 ;;;***
31266 \f
31267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31268 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31273 ;;;***
31274 \f
31275 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31276 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31281 ;;;***
31282 \f
31283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31284 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31287 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31288 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31290 \(fn)" t nil)
31292 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31296 ;;;***
31297 \f
31298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31299 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31300 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31304 ;;;***
31305 \f
31306 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31307 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31308 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31312 ;;;***
31313 \f
31314 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31315 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31316 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31320 ;;;***
31321 \f
31322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31325 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31326 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31327 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31328 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31329 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31330 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31331 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31332 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31333 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31334 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31335 with any buffer
31336 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31337 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31338 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31339 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31341 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31345 ;;;***
31346 \f
31347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31348 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31350 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31351 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31352 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31353 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31354 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31355 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31357 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31359 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31361 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31362 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31363 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31364 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31365 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31366 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31367 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31369 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31371 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31372 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31373 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31374 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31375 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31376 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31377 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31379 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31381 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31382 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31383 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31387 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31388 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31389 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31391 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31393 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31394 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31396 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31398 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31399 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31401 \(fn)" t nil)
31403 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31404 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31406 \(fn)" t nil)
31408 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31409 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31411 by command name.
31412 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31414 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31416 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31417 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31418 See the `strokes-mode' command
31419 for a description of this minor mode.
31420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31422 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31424 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31426 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31427 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31430 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31433 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31438 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31447 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31448 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31449 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31450 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31452 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31454 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31455 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31457 \(fn)" t nil)
31459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31461 ;;;***
31462 \f
31463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31466 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31467 Studlify-case the region.
31469 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31471 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31472 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31474 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31476 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31477 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31479 \(fn)" t nil)
31481 ;;;***
31482 \f
31483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "and-let*" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31488 ;;;***
31489 \f
31490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31493 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31495 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31496 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31498 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31499 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31501 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31502 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31503 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31506 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31507 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31508 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31510 Nomenclature Subwords
31511 ===========================================================
31516 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31517 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31523 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31524 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31525 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31526 for a description of this minor mode.
31527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31529 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31531 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31533 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31534 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31535 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31536 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31537 ARG is omitted or nil.
31539 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31540 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31541 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31545 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31546 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31551 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31552 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31553 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31560 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31561 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31562 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31563 for a description of this minor mode.
31564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31566 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31568 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31570 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31571 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31572 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31573 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31574 ARG is omitted or nil.
31576 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31577 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31578 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31584 ;;;***
31585 \f
31586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31589 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31590 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31591 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31592 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31593 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31594 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31595 original message but it does require a few things:
31597 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31599 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31600 reply buffer.
31602 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31603 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31604 original message.
31606 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31608 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31610 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31611 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31612 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31614 \(fn)" nil nil)
31616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31618 ;;;***
31619 \f
31620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31621 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31625 ;;;***
31626 \f
31627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31630 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31632 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31633 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31634 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31635 for a description of this minor mode.
31636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31638 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31640 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31642 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31643 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31648 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31649 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31650 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31652 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31653 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31654 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31660 ;;;***
31661 \f
31662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31663 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31665 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31666 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31667 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31668 buffer.
31670 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31671 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31672 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31674 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31676 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31677 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31678 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31679 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31680 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31681 buffer.
31683 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31684 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31685 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31687 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31691 ;;;***
31692 \f
31693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31696 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31697 Insert an editable text table.
31698 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31699 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31700 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31701 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31702 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31703 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31704 delimiting them.
31706 Examples:
31710 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31711 location of point.
31713 -!-
31716 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31717 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31718 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31719 first cell.
31721 +-----+-----+-----+
31722 |-!- | | |
31723 +-----+-----+-----+
31727 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31728 width, which results as
31730 +--------------+-----+-----+
31731 |-!- | | |
31732 +--------------+-----+-----+
31734 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31735 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31738 | | |-!- |
31739 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31741 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31742 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31743 width information to `table-insert'.
31745 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31747 instead of
31749 Cell width(s): 5
31751 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31752 work all together.
31754 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31758 |-!- | | |
31759 | | | |
31760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31765 |-!- | | |
31766 | | | |
31767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31768 | | | |
31769 | | | |
31770 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31772 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31774 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31775 | | | |
31776 | | | |
31777 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31778 | | | |
31779 | | | |
31780 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31781 -!-
31783 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31784 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31785 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31787 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31788 | | | |
31789 | | | |
31790 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31791 | | | |
31792 | | | |
31793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31794 |-!- | | |
31795 | | | |
31796 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31798 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31799 results.
31801 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31802 | | | |
31803 | | | |
31804 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31805 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31806 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31807 | | |expected results.-!- |
31808 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31809 | | | |
31810 | | | |
31811 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31813 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31817 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31819 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31820 Insert N table row(s).
31821 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31822 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31823 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31824 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31826 \(fn N)" t nil)
31828 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31829 Insert N table column(s).
31830 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31831 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31832 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31833 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31835 \(fn N)" t nil)
31837 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31838 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31839 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31841 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31843 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31844 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31845 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31846 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31847 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31848 all the table specific features.
31850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31852 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31855 \(fn)" t nil)
31857 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31858 Recognize all tables within region.
31859 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31860 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31861 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31862 specific features.
31864 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31866 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31869 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31871 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31872 Recognize a table at point.
31873 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31874 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31875 the table specific features.
31877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31879 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31882 \(fn)" t nil)
31884 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31885 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31886 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31887 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31888 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31889 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31890 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31892 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31894 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31897 \(fn)" t nil)
31899 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31900 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31901 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31902 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31903 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31904 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31905 specified.
31907 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31909 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31910 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31911 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31912 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31913 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31914 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31915 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31916 table structure.
31918 \(fn N)" t nil)
31920 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31921 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31922 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31923 table's rectangle structure.
31925 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31927 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31928 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31929 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31930 table's rectangle structure.
31932 \(fn N)" t nil)
31934 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31935 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31936 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31937 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31938 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31940 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31942 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31946 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31947 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31948 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31949 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31950 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31951 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31952 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31954 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31955 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31956 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31957 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31958 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31959 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31962 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31963 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31964 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31965 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31966 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31967 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31968 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31969 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31971 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31973 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31974 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31975 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31976 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31980 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31981 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31982 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31984 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31986 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31987 Split current cell vertically.
31988 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31990 \(fn)" t nil)
31992 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31993 Split current cell horizontally.
31994 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31996 \(fn)" t nil)
31998 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31999 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32000 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32002 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32004 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32005 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32006 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32007 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32009 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32011 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32012 Justify cell contents.
32013 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32014 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32015 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32016 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32018 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32020 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32021 Justify cells of a row.
32022 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32023 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32025 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32027 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32028 Justify cells of a column.
32029 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32030 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32032 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32034 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32035 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32036 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32037 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32038 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32039 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32040 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32042 run-time.
32044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32046 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32047 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32048 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32049 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32050 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32051 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32052 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32053 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32054 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32055 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32056 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32058 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32060 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32061 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32062 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32063 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32064 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32065 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32066 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32067 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32068 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32069 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32070 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32071 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32072 untouched.
32074 References used for this implementation:
32076 HTML:
32077 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32079 LaTeX:
32080 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32082 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32083 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32084 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32086 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32088 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32089 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32090 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32091 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32092 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32093 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32094 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32095 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32096 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32097 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32098 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32099 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32100 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32101 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32102 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32103 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32104 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32106 Example:
32108 (progn
32109 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32110 (table-forward-cell 15)
32112 (table-forward-cell 16)
32114 (table-forward-cell 1)
32117 (progn
32118 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32120 (table-forward-cell 1)
32123 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32125 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32126 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32127 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32128 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32129 consists from cells of same height.
32131 \(fn N)" t nil)
32133 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32134 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32135 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32136 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32137 column must consists from cells of same width.
32139 \(fn N)" t nil)
32141 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32142 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32143 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32144 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32145 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32146 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32147 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32148 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32149 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32150 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32151 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32152 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32153 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32154 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32155 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32158 Example 1:
32160 1, 2, 3, 4
32161 5, 6, 7, 8
32162 , 9, 10
32164 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32166 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32167 specified as 5.
32169 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32170 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32171 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32172 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32173 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32174 | | 9 | 10 | |
32175 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32177 Note:
32181 of each row is optional.
32184 Example 2:
32186 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32187 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32188 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32189 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32190 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32192 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32193 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32195 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32196 expression and raw delimiter regular
32197 expression, it parses the specified text
32198 area and extracts cell items from
32199 non-table text and then forms a table out
32200 of them.
32202 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32203 creates a single cell table. The text in
32204 the specified region is placed in that
32205 cell.-*-
32207 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32208 like this.
32210 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32211 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32212 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32213 | |
32214 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32215 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32216 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32217 | area and extracts cell items from |
32218 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32219 | of them. |
32220 | |
32221 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32222 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32223 | the specified region is placed in that |
32224 | cell. |
32225 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32227 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32228 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32229 independently.
32231 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32232 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32233 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32234 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32235 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32236 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32237 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32238 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32239 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32240 | |of them. |
32241 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32242 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32243 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32244 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32245 | |cell. |
32246 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32248 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32249 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32250 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32252 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32254 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32255 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32256 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32257 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32258 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32260 \(fn)" t nil)
32262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32264 ;;;***
32265 \f
32266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32267 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32269 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32271 ;;;***
32272 \f
32273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32274 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32276 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32277 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32279 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32281 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32282 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32284 \(fn)" t nil)
32286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32288 ;;;***
32289 \f
32290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32291 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32293 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32294 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32295 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32296 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32297 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32298 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32299 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32301 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32303 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32304 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32306 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32309 \(fn)" t nil)
32311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32313 ;;;***
32314 \f
32315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32318 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32319 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32320 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32321 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32322 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32323 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32325 Variables controlling indentation style:
32326 `tcl-indent-level'
32327 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32328 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32329 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32331 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32332 documentation for details):
32333 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32334 Controls action of TAB key.
32335 `tcl-auto-newline'
32336 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32337 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32338 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32339 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32340 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32342 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32343 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32344 already exist.
32346 \(fn)" t nil)
32348 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32349 Run inferior Tcl process.
32350 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32351 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32353 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32355 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32356 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32357 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32359 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32363 ;;;***
32364 \f
32365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32366 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32371 ;;;***
32372 \f
32373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32374 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32379 ;;;***
32380 \f
32381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32384 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32385 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32386 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32389 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32390 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32391 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32392 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32393 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32395 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32397 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32398 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32399 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32400 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32402 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32406 ;;;***
32407 \f
32408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32409 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32413 ;;;***
32414 \f
32415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32416 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32418 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32419 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32420 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32421 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32422 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32423 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32425 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32427 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32428 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32429 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32430 commands to use in that buffer.
32434 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32436 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32437 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32439 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32441 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32442 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32443 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32446 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32447 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32448 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32449 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32450 use in that buffer.
32453 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32457 ;;;***
32458 \f
32459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32460 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32463 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32464 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
32465 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
32466 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
32467 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
32469 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32471 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32472 Start coverage on function under point.
32474 \(fn)" t nil)
32476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32478 ;;;***
32479 \f
32480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32481 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32482 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32484 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32485 Play the Tetris game.
32486 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32487 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32488 as to form complete rows.
32490 tetris-mode keybindings:
32501 \(fn)" t nil)
32503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32505 ;;;***
32506 \f
32507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32508 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32510 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32511 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32513 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32515 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32516 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32517 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32521 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32523 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32524 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32525 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32526 if it matches the first line of the file,
32527 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32529 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32531 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32532 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32533 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32534 if the variable is non-nil.")
32536 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32538 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32541 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32543 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32544 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32545 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32546 See the documentation of that variable.")
32548 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32550 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32551 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32552 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32553 See the documentation of that variable.")
32555 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32557 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32558 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32559 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32560 See the documentation of that variable.")
32562 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32564 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32565 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32566 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32567 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32568 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32570 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32573 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32574 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32575 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32577 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32579 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32580 User defined LaTeX block names.
32581 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32583 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32585 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32586 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32587 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32588 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32590 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32592 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32594 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32595 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32597 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32599 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32601 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32602 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32604 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32605 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32606 for example,
32608 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32612 use.")
32614 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32616 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32618 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32619 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32620 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32622 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32624 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32626 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32630 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32632 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32633 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32634 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32635 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32636 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32638 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32640 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32643 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32645 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32648 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32650 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32651 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32652 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32653 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32654 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32655 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32656 says which mode to use.
32658 \(fn)" t nil)
32660 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32662 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32664 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32666 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32667 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32668 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32673 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32681 mismatched $'s or braces.
32683 Special commands:
32686 Mode variables:
32687 tex-run-command
32689 tex-directory
32690 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32692 tex-dvi-print-command
32694 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32696 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32697 tex-dvi-view-command
32699 tex-show-queue-command
32703 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32704 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32705 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32707 \(fn)" t nil)
32709 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32710 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32711 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32724 mismatched $'s or braces.
32726 Special commands:
32729 Mode variables:
32730 latex-run-command
32732 tex-directory
32733 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32735 tex-dvi-print-command
32737 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32739 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32740 tex-dvi-view-command
32742 tex-show-queue-command
32746 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32747 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32748 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32750 \(fn)" t nil)
32752 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32753 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32754 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32767 mismatched $'s or braces.
32769 Special commands:
32772 Mode variables:
32773 slitex-run-command
32775 tex-directory
32776 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32778 tex-dvi-print-command
32780 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32782 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32783 tex-dvi-view-command
32785 tex-show-queue-command
32789 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32790 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32791 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32792 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32794 \(fn)" t nil)
32796 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32799 \(fn)" nil nil)
32801 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32802 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32804 \(fn)" t nil)
32806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32808 ;;;***
32809 \f
32810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32813 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32814 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32815 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32816 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32818 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32819 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32820 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32822 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32824 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32825 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32826 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32828 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32830 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32832 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32833 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32834 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32835 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32837 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32838 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32839 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32840 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32842 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32843 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32845 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32849 ;;;***
32850 \f
32851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32852 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32854 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32857 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32859 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32862 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32864 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32865 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32867 It has these extra commands:
32870 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32872 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32873 modified version of TeX input format.
32875 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32876 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32877 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32881 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32882 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32883 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32884 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32886 in the Texinfo file.
32888 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32889 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32890 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32892 move forward past the closing brace.
32894 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32895 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32897 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32898 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32899 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32901 Here are the functions:
32905 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32909 texinfo-master-menu
32911 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32913 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32914 which menu descriptions are indented.
32916 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32917 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32918 in the region.
32920 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32921 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32922 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32923 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32925 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32926 be the first node in the file.
32928 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32929 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32931 \(fn)" t nil)
32933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32935 ;;;***
32936 \f
32937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32938 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32943 ;;;***
32944 \f
32945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32946 ;;;;;; 0))
32947 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32949 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32950 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32951 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32952 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32954 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32956 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32957 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32959 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32961 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32962 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32964 \(fn)" t nil)
32966 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32969 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32973 ;;;***
32974 \f
32975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32976 ;;;;;; 0))
32977 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32981 ;;;***
32982 \f
32983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32984 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32986 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32987 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32988 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32989 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32990 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32991 `line', and `page'.
32993 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32995 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32996 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32997 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32998 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32999 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33000 `line', and `page'.
33002 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33003 valid THING.
33005 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33006 positions of the thing found.
33008 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33010 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33011 Return the THING at point.
33012 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33013 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33014 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33015 `line', `number', and `page'.
33017 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33018 strip text properties from the return value.
33020 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33021 a symbol as a valid THING.
33023 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33025 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33026 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33028 \(fn)" nil nil)
33030 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33031 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33033 \(fn)" nil nil)
33035 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33036 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33038 \(fn)" nil nil)
33040 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33041 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33043 \(fn)" nil nil)
33045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
33047 ;;;***
33048 \f
33049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33050 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33052 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33053 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33055 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33057 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33058 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33059 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33060 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33062 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33064 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33065 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33067 \(fn)" t nil)
33069 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33070 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33072 \(fn)" t nil)
33074 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33076 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33077 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33079 \(fn)" t nil)
33081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33083 ;;;***
33084 \f
33085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33087 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33091 ;;;***
33092 \f
33093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33094 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33095 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33097 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33098 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33099 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33101 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33103 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33104 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33106 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33108 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33109 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33110 The returned string has no composition information.
33112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33114 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33115 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33119 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33120 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33122 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33124 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33125 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33126 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33127 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33129 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33131 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33132 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33133 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33134 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33136 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33138 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33139 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33140 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33142 \(fn)" t nil)
33144 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33145 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33146 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33148 \(fn)" t nil)
33150 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33153 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33155 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33158 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33160 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33163 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33167 ;;;***
33168 \f
33169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33171 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33173 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33174 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33175 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33176 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33177 parameters.
33178 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33179 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33180 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33182 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33184 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33185 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33186 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33187 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33188 parameters.
33189 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33190 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33191 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33193 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33195 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33196 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33198 If
33199 * character before point is a space character,
33201 constituent),
33202 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33203 characters) from before the space character, and
33204 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33205 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33206 return t.
33208 Otherwise, if
33209 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33210 * character before point is a space character, and
33211 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33212 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33213 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33215 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33217 \(fn)" t nil)
33219 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33220 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33222 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33223 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33224 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33225 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33227 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33228 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33229 variable will be set to the representation.
33231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33235 ;;;***
33236 \f
33237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33238 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33240 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33243 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33244 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33246 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33247 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33248 This display updates automatically every minute.
33249 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33250 are displayed as well.
33251 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33253 \(fn)" t nil)
33255 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33256 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33257 See the `display-time-mode' command
33258 for a description of this minor mode.
33259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33260 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33261 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33263 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33265 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33266 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33267 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33268 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33269 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33271 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33272 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33273 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33274 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33275 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33279 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33280 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33281 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33282 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33284 \(fn)" t nil)
33286 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33287 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33288 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33291 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33293 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33294 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33296 \(fn)" t nil)
33298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33300 ;;;***
33301 \f
33302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33303 ;;;;;; 0))
33304 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33306 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33307 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33308 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33310 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33312 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33314 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33315 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33317 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33319 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33320 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33322 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33324 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33325 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33326 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33328 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33330 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33332 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33333 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33334 DATE should be a date-time string.
33336 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33338 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33339 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33340 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33342 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33344 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33345 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33347 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33349 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33350 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33352 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33354 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33355 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33356 TIME should be a time value.
33357 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33359 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33361 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33362 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33363 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33365 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33367 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33368 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33369 The valid format specifiers are:
33370 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33371 %d is the number of days.
33372 %h is the number of hours.
33373 %m is the number of minutes.
33374 %s is the number of seconds.
33375 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33379 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33387 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33389 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33391 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33393 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33394 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33396 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33400 ;;;***
33401 \f
33402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33403 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33404 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33405 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33406 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33407 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33408 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33409 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33410 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33411 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33413 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33414 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33415 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33416 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33418 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33419 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33420 look like one of the following:
33421 Time-stamp: <>
33423 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33424 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33425 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33426 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33427 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33428 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33429 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33430 the template.
33432 \(fn)" t nil)
33434 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33436 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33442 ;;;***
33443 \f
33444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33445 ;;;;;; 0))
33446 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33447 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33449 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33450 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33451 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33452 for a description of this minor mode.
33453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33455 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33457 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33459 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33460 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33461 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33462 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33463 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33464 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33465 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33466 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33467 display (non-nil means on).
33469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33471 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33472 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33473 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33474 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33475 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33476 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33477 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33478 this function is called within a day.
33480 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33481 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33482 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33483 discover the name of the project.
33485 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33487 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33488 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33489 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33490 begun during the last time segment.
33492 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33493 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33494 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33495 discover the reason.
33497 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33499 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33500 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33501 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33502 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33503 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33505 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33507 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33508 Change to working on a different project.
33509 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33510 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33511 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33512 working on.
33514 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33516 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33517 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33518 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33520 \(fn)" nil nil)
33522 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33523 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33524 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33526 \(fn)" t nil)
33528 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33529 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33530 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33531 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33532 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33535 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33537 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33538 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33539 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33540 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33542 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33544 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33545 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33546 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33547 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33548 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33549 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33551 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33555 ;;;***
33556 \f
33557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33558 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33561 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33562 List all timers in a buffer.
33564 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33565 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33569 ;;;***
33570 \f
33571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33572 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33576 ;;;***
33577 \f
33578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33579 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33582 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33583 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33584 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33585 the generated Quail package is saved.
33587 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33589 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33590 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33591 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33592 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33597 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33601 ;;;***
33602 \f
33603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33608 ;;;***
33609 \f
33610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33611 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33612 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33613 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33615 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33616 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33617 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33618 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33619 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33622 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33623 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33625 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33627 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33628 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33629 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33630 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33631 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33633 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33635 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33636 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33637 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33638 in the menu in two ways:
33639 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33640 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33641 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33643 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33644 keymap or an alist of alists.
33645 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33646 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33648 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33652 ;;;***
33653 \f
33654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33655 ;;;;;; 0))
33656 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33658 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33659 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33661 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33662 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33663 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33664 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33665 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33666 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33667 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33668 file was last visited.
33670 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33671 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33672 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33673 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33674 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33675 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33676 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33677 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33678 for the first item.
33680 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33681 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33682 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33683 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33684 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33685 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33686 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33687 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33689 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33690 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33692 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33693 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33695 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33697 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33698 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33702 \(fn)" t nil)
33704 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33705 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33709 \(fn)" t nil)
33711 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33712 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33716 \(fn)" t nil)
33718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33720 ;;;***
33721 \f
33722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33723 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33725 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33726 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33727 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33731 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33732 Add an item to the tool bar.
33733 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33734 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33735 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33736 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33738 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33739 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33740 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33741 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33743 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33744 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33746 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33748 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33749 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33750 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33751 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33752 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33753 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33755 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33756 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33757 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33758 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33760 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33762 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33763 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33764 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33765 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33766 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33767 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33768 properties to add to the binding.
33770 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33772 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33773 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33775 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33777 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33778 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33779 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33780 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33781 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33782 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33783 properties to add to the binding.
33785 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33786 holds a keymap.
33788 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33792 ;;;***
33793 \f
33794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33795 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33799 ;;;***
33800 \f
33801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33804 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33805 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33806 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33807 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33808 to a tcp server on another machine.
33810 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33814 ;;;***
33815 \f
33816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33819 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33820 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33822 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33824 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33825 Helper function to get internal values.
33826 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33828 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33830 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33831 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33832 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33833 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33835 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33836 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33837 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33838 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33839 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33841 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33842 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33843 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33844 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33846 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33848 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33850 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33851 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33852 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33853 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33855 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33857 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33861 ;;;***
33862 \f
33863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33866 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33867 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33868 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33870 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33872 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33873 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33875 It can have the following values:
33877 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33878 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33880 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33882 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33883 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33884 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33886 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33889 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33890 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33892 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33893 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33894 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file
33895 names. When calling `tramp-register-file-name-handlers', the
33896 initial value is overwritten by the car of `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33898 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33899 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33900 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33902 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33905 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33906 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33908 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33909 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33910 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33912 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33913 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33914 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33915 updated after changing this variable.
33917 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33919 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33920 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33921 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33922 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33923 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33924 (if (tramp-completion-mode-p)
33925 (apply 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler operation args)
33926 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args)))
33928 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33929 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (if (and (not (and (stringp (car args)) (string-equal (car args) "/"))) (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (and (null load-in-progress) (load "tramp" (quote noerror) (quote nomessage))))) (apply operation args) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args)))
33931 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33932 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33934 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33936 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33937 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'.
33939 \(fn)" nil nil)
33941 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33942 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33944 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33945 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33947 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33949 (defun tramp-completion-mode-p nil "\
33950 Check, whether method / user name / host name completion is active." (or (and (boundp (quote non-essential)) (symbol-value (quote non-essential))) tramp-completion-mode (equal last-input-event (quote tab))))
33952 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33953 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33955 \(fn)" t nil)
33957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33959 ;;;***
33960 \f
33961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33966 ;;;***
33967 \f
33968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33969 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33973 ;;;***
33974 \f
33975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33980 ;;;***
33981 \f
33982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33983 ;;;;;; 0))
33984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
33988 ;;;***
33989 \f
33990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33993 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33994 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
33996 \(fn)" nil nil)
33998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34000 ;;;***
34001 \f
34002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
34007 ;;;***
34008 \f
34009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34014 ;;;***
34015 \f
34016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34021 ;;;***
34022 \f
34023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34024 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34028 ;;;***
34029 \f
34030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34031 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34032 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 2 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
34034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34036 ;;;***
34037 \f
34038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34039 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34043 ;;;***
34044 \f
34045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34046 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34048 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34049 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34050 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34051 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34052 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34053 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34054 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34055 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34057 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34058 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34059 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34061 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34062 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34063 resumed later.
34065 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34069 ;;;***
34070 \f
34071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34072 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34074 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34077 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34081 ;;;***
34082 \f
34083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34084 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34086 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34087 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34088 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34090 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34091 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34094 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34095 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34096 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34098 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34100 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34101 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34102 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34103 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34107 \(fn)" t nil)
34109 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34110 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34111 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34112 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34113 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34114 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34115 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34117 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34118 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34120 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34131 ;;;***
34132 \f
34133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34134 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34136 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34137 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34138 See the `type-break-mode' command
34139 for a description of this minor mode.
34140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34142 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34144 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34146 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34147 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34148 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34150 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34151 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34152 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34153 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34154 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34155 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34156 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34158 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34159 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34161 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34162 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34163 reset the keystroke counter.
34165 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34166 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34167 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34168 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34170 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34171 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34172 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34173 `type-break-schedule' command.
34175 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34176 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34177 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34178 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34179 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34180 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34181 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34182 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34183 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34185 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34186 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34187 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34188 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34189 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34191 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34192 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34193 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34194 approximate good values for this.
34196 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34197 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34199 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34200 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34201 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34202 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34203 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34204 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34206 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34207 a typing break occur. They include:
34209 `type-break-query-mode'
34210 `type-break-query-function'
34211 `type-break-query-interval'
34213 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34215 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34216 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34217 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34218 problems.
34220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34222 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34223 Take a typing break.
34225 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34226 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34228 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34229 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34231 \(fn)" t nil)
34233 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34234 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34235 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34236 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34238 \(fn)" t nil)
34240 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34241 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34243 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34244 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34245 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34246 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34247 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34248 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34249 average typing speed.)
34251 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34252 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34253 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34254 the computed maximum threshold.
34256 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34257 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34258 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34259 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34260 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34262 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34266 ;;;***
34267 \f
34268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34271 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34272 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34273 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34274 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34275 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34277 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34281 ;;;***
34282 \f
34283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34284 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34287 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34288 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34292 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34293 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34295 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34297 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34298 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34300 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34302 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34303 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34305 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34307 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34308 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34310 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34312 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34313 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34315 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34317 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34318 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34322 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34323 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34325 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34327 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34328 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34330 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34332 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34333 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34335 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34337 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34338 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34340 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34342 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34343 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34345 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34349 ;;;***
34350 \f
34351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34352 ;;;;;; 0))
34353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34355 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34356 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34357 Works by overstriking underscores.
34358 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34359 which specify the range to operate on.
34361 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34363 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34364 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34365 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34366 which specify the range to operate on.
34368 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34370 ;;;***
34371 \f
34372 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34373 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34374 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34378 ;;;***
34379 \f
34380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34383 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34384 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34385 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34386 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34387 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34388 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34390 \(fn)" nil nil)
34392 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34393 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34394 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34396 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34400 ;;;***
34401 \f
34402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34405 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34406 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34407 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34408 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34410 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34414 ;;;***
34415 \f
34416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34417 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34419 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34420 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34421 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34422 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34423 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34425 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34426 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34427 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34428 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34429 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34430 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34432 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34433 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34434 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34436 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34437 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34438 the callback is not called).
34440 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34441 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34442 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34443 take effect.
34445 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34446 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34447 the server.
34448 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34449 URL-encoded before it's used.
34451 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34453 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34454 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34455 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34456 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34457 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34459 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34460 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34461 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34462 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34464 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34468 ;;;***
34469 \f
34470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34471 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34475 ;;;***
34476 \f
34477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34478 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34480 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34481 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34482 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34484 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34485 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34486 `url-generic-parse-url'
34487 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34488 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34489 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34490 realm
34491 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34492 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34493 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34494 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34495 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34496 what type of auth to use
34497 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34498 if one cannot be found in the cache
34500 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34502 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34503 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34505 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34506 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34507 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34508 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34509 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34510 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34511 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34512 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34514 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34518 ;;;***
34519 \f
34520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34521 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34523 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34524 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34526 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34528 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34529 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34530 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34534 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34535 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34537 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34541 ;;;***
34542 \f
34543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34544 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34546 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34549 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34553 ;;;***
34554 \f
34555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34556 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34560 ;;;***
34561 \f
34562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34565 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34566 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34567 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34571 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34572 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34573 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34574 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34576 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34577 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34578 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34579 though.
34581 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34583 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34584 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34585 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34587 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34589 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34596 ;;;***
34597 \f
34598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34603 ;;;***
34604 \f
34605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34606 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34610 ;;;***
34611 \f
34612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34613 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34617 ;;;***
34618 \f
34619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34620 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34622 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34623 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34625 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34629 ;;;***
34630 \f
34631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34636 ;;;***
34637 \f
34638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34643 ;;;***
34644 \f
34645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34646 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34648 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34649 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34651 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34653 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34654 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34655 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34656 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34657 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34659 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34660 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34662 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34666 ;;;***
34667 \f
34668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34669 ;;;;;; 0))
34670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34672 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34673 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34674 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34675 for a description of this minor mode.
34676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34677 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34678 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34680 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34682 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34683 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34684 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34685 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34686 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34690 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34691 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34692 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34693 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34695 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34697 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34698 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34699 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34700 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34701 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34702 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34703 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34704 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34705 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34706 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34708 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34710 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34711 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34712 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34713 accessible.
34715 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34717 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34718 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34719 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34720 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34722 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34724 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34727 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34731 ;;;***
34732 \f
34733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34734 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34738 ;;;***
34739 \f
34740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34741 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34742 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34744 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34745 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34746 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34747 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34748 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34752 ;;;***
34753 \f
34754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34759 ;;;***
34760 \f
34761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34764 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34771 ;;;***
34772 \f
34773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34774 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34776 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34777 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34778 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34779 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34780 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34782 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34786 ;;;***
34787 \f
34788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34791 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34794 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34796 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34797 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34803 ;;;***
34804 \f
34805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34806 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34810 ;;;***
34811 \f
34812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34815 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34816 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34820 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34821 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34825 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34828 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34830 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34832 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34834 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34836 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34837 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34843 ;;;***
34844 \f
34845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34846 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34848 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34851 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34853 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34856 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34860 ;;;***
34861 \f
34862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34867 ;;;***
34868 \f
34869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34870 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34872 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34875 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34877 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34880 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34882 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34885 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34887 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34890 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34892 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34895 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34897 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34900 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34902 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34905 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34909 ;;;***
34910 \f
34911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34912 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34914 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34915 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34917 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34919 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34920 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34921 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34923 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34924 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34925 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34926 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34927 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34928 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34929 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34930 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34931 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34932 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34933 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34934 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34935 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34938 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34939 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34940 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34942 Here is an example. The URL
34944 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34946 parses to
34952 PORTSPEC = 42
34955 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34956 FULLNESS = t
34958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34962 ;;;***
34963 \f
34964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34965 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34967 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34968 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34970 \(fn)" t nil)
34972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34974 ;;;***
34975 \f
34976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34977 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34981 ;;;***
34982 \f
34983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34986 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34987 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34988 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34989 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34990 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34991 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34993 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34997 ;;;***
34998 \f
34999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35000 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35002 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35003 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35004 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35006 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35008 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35009 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35010 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35011 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35013 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35017 ;;;***
35018 \f
35019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35022 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35023 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35024 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35026 If t, all messages will be logged.
35027 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35028 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35030 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35032 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35035 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35037 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35040 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35042 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35043 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35045 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35046 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35047 & ==> &
35048 < ==> <
35049 > ==> >
35052 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35054 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35056 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35060 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35061 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35062 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35064 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35066 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35067 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35069 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35071 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35072 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35074 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35076 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35077 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35079 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35081 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35084 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35086 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35089 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35091 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35093 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35094 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35096 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35098 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35099 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35101 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35103 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35106 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35108 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35109 Build a query-string.
35111 Given a QUERY in the form:
35112 ((key1 val1)
35113 (key2 val2)
35114 (key3 val1 val2)
35115 (key4)
35118 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35120 This will return a string
35122 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35123 be used.
35130 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35132 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35133 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35134 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35135 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35136 forbidden in URL encoding.
35138 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35140 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35141 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35142 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35143 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35144 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35147 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35148 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35149 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35150 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35152 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35154 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35155 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35156 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35157 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35158 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35159 should return it unchanged.
35161 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35163 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35164 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35165 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35166 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35168 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35170 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35171 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35172 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35174 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35176 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35177 View the current document's URL.
35178 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35179 the minibuffer.
35181 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35183 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35187 ;;;***
35188 \f
35189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35190 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35194 ;;;***
35195 \f
35196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35197 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35199 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35200 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35201 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35203 to refrain from editing the file
35204 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35205 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35206 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35207 in any way you like.
35209 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35211 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35214 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35216 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35217 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35218 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35220 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35222 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35223 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35225 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged" "file-")))
35229 ;;;***
35230 \f
35231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35234 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35237 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35239 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35244 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35247 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35249 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35252 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35256 ;;;***
35257 \f
35258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35261 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35262 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35264 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35268 ;;;***
35269 \f
35270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35273 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35274 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35275 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35276 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35278 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35280 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35281 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35282 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35284 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35286 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35287 Uudecode region between START and END.
35288 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35290 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35294 ;;;***
35295 \f
35296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35299 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35300 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35301 See `run-hooks'.")
35303 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35305 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35306 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35307 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35309 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35311 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35312 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35313 See `run-hooks'.")
35315 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35317 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35318 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35320 If FILE is already registered, return the
35321 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35322 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35323 responsible for FILE is returned.
35325 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35326 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35327 be reported.
35329 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35331 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35332 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35333 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35334 same state. If not, signal an error.
35336 For merging-based version control systems:
35337 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35338 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35339 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35340 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35341 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35342 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35344 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35345 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35346 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35347 the file(s) for editing.
35348 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35349 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35350 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35351 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35352 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35354 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35356 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35357 Register into a version control system.
35358 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35359 Otherwise register the current file.
35360 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35362 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35363 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35364 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35365 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35366 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35367 first backend that could register the file is used.
35369 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35371 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35372 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35374 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35376 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35377 Display diffs between file revisions.
35378 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35379 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35380 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35382 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35383 saving the buffer.
35385 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35387 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35388 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35389 repository history using ediff.
35391 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35393 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35394 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35395 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35396 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35397 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35399 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35400 saving the buffer.
35402 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35404 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35405 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35406 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35407 fileset with the working revision.
35408 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35409 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35411 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35412 saving the buffer.
35414 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35416 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35417 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35418 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35420 \(fn)" nil nil)
35422 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35423 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35424 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35425 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35427 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35429 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35430 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35431 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35432 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35434 \(fn)" t nil)
35436 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35437 Perform a version control merge operation.
35438 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35440 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35441 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35443 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35444 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35445 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35446 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35447 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35448 changes from the current branch.
35450 \(fn)" t nil)
35452 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35453 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35455 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35457 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35459 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35460 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35461 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35462 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35463 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35464 checked out in that new branch.
35466 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35468 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35469 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35470 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35471 named branch in the directory DIR.
35472 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35473 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
35474 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35475 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35476 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35477 allowed and simply skipped).
35479 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35481 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35482 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35483 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35484 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35485 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35487 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35488 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35490 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35492 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35493 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35494 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35495 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35496 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35498 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35500 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
35503 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
35505 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35506 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35507 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35509 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35511 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35512 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35513 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35515 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35517 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35518 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35520 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35522 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35523 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35524 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35525 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35527 \(fn)" t nil)
35529 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35531 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35532 Update the current fileset or branch.
35533 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35535 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35536 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35537 command to run.
35539 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35540 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35541 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35542 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35543 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35547 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35549 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35550 Push the current branch.
35551 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35553 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35554 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35555 VCS command to run.
35557 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35558 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35562 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35563 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35564 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35565 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35566 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35567 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35568 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35570 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35572 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35573 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35574 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35575 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35576 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35577 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35578 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35579 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35580 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35582 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35584 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35585 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35586 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35587 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35589 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35591 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35592 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35593 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35594 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35596 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35598 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35599 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35600 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35601 directory.
35603 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35605 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35606 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35607 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35609 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35610 log entries should be gathered.
35612 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35614 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35615 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35617 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35621 ;;;***
35622 \f
35623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35626 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35627 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35629 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35630 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35631 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35632 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35633 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35634 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35636 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35637 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35638 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35639 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35640 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35641 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35642 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35643 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35645 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35647 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35649 Customization variables:
35651 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35652 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35653 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35654 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35655 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35656 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35658 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35662 ;;;***
35663 \f
35664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35667 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35668 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35670 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35671 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35672 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35673 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35674 (progn
35675 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35676 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35680 ;;;***
35681 \f
35682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35684 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35685 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35686 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35687 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35688 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35689 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35693 ;;;***
35694 \f
35695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35696 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35700 ;;;***
35701 \f
35702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35703 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35705 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35707 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35708 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35709 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35711 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35712 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35713 The file lines appear later.
35715 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35716 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35718 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35722 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35726 ;;;***
35727 \f
35728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35729 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35730 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35732 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35733 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35734 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35735 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35736 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35737 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35738 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35739 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35740 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35741 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35742 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35743 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35744 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35745 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35746 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35748 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35752 ;;;***
35753 \f
35754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35755 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35759 ;;;***
35760 \f
35761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35763 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35764 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35765 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35766 (progn
35767 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35768 (vc-git-registered file))))
35770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35772 ;;;***
35773 \f
35774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35775 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35776 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35777 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35778 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35779 (progn
35780 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35781 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35785 ;;;***
35786 \f
35787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35790 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35791 Name of the monotone directory.")
35793 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35794 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35795 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35796 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35797 (progn
35798 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35799 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35803 ;;;***
35804 \f
35805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35806 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35808 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35809 Where to look for RCS master files.
35810 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35812 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35814 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35818 ;;;***
35819 \f
35820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35823 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35824 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35825 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35827 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35829 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35831 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35832 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35833 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35834 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35838 ;;;***
35839 \f
35840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35841 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35843 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35844 Where to look for SRC master files.
35845 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35847 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35849 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35853 ;;;***
35854 \f
35855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35857 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35858 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35859 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35860 "_svn")
35861 (t ".svn"))))
35862 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35863 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35864 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35868 ;;;***
35869 \f
35870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35875 ;;;***
35876 \f
35877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35878 ;;;;;; 0))
35879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35880 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35883 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35884 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35886 Usage:
35887 ------
35889 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35890 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35892 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35894 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35895 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35896 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35897 completions.
35899 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35900 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35902 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35903 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35905 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35906 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35907 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35909 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35912 Maintenance:
35913 ------------
35915 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35916 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35918 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35920 Official distribution is at
35921 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35924 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35925 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35927 Key bindings:
35928 -------------
35932 \(fn)" t nil)
35934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35936 ;;;***
35937 \f
35938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35942 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35943 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35946 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35950 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35953 Supports highlighting.
35955 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35956 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35958 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35960 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35961 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35962 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35963 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35964 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35965 on the left side of your screen.
35966 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35967 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35968 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35969 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35970 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35971 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35972 function keyword.
35973 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35975 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35976 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35977 if (a)
35978 begin
35979 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35980 Indentation for case statements.
35981 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35982 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35983 mark after an end.
35984 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35985 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35986 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35987 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35988 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35989 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35990 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35991 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35992 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35993 if (a)
35994 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35995 otherwise you get:
35996 if (a)
35997 begin
35998 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35999 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36000 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36001 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36002 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36003 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36004 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36005 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36006 comments in tight quarters.
36007 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36008 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36010 Variables controlling other actions:
36012 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36013 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36018 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36024 Some other functions are:
36054 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36055 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36067 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36070 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36074 \(fn)" t nil)
36076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
36078 ;;;***
36079 \f
36080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36081 ;;;;;; 0))
36082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36084 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36085 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36087 Usage:
36088 ------
36090 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36091 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36092 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36093 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36094 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36095 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36096 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36097 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36098 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36100 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36101 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36102 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36103 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36105 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36106 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36107 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36108 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36109 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36111 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36112 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36115 HEADER INSERTION:
36116 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36117 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36118 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36121 STUTTERING:
36122 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36123 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36124 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36125 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36134 WORD COMPLETION:
36135 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36136 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36137 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36138 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36140 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36141 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36142 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36146 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36147 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36148 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36149 stop.
36152 COMMENTS:
36153 `--' puts a single comment.
36154 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36155 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36156 with a comment in between.
36157 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36158 out following lines.
36159 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36160 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36161 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36162 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36164 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36165 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36166 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36167 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36168 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36169 non-nil.
36171 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36172 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36173 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36174 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36175 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36176 multi-line comments.
36179 INDENTATION:
36180 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36181 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36182 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36183 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36184 the entire region.
36186 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36188 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36189 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36191 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36193 tabs and vice versa.
36195 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36196 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36198 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36199 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36200 line.
36203 ALIGNMENT:
36204 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36205 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36206 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36207 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36208 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36209 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36210 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36211 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36213 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36214 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36215 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36216 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36217 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36218 is non-nil.
36220 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36221 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36222 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36224 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36225 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36228 CODE FILLING:
36229 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36230 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36231 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36232 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36233 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36234 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36237 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36238 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36239 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36240 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36241 command:
36243 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36246 PORT TRANSLATION:
36247 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36248 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36249 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36250 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36251 internal signal initializations (menu).
36253 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36254 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36255 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36257 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36258 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36259 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36260 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36261 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36262 in subsequent paste operations.)
36264 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36265 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36266 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36269 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36270 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36271 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36272 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36273 association list with formals).
36276 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36277 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36278 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36279 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36280 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36281 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36282 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36283 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36284 `vhdl-testbench'.
36287 KEY BINDINGS:
36288 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36291 VHDL MENU:
36292 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36295 FILE BROWSER:
36296 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36297 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36298 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36300 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36301 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36304 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36305 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36306 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36307 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36309 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36310 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36311 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36313 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36314 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36315 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36318 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36319 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36320 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36321 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36322 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36324 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36325 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36326 required by secondary units.
36329 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36330 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36331 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36332 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36333 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36334 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36335 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36336 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36337 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36338 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36339 inputs to this component -> input port created
36340 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36341 outputs from this component -> output port created
36342 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36343 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36345 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36346 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36347 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36348 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36349 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36351 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36352 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36354 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36355 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36356 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36357 component instantiation is also supported (option
36358 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36360 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36361 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36362 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36363 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36364 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36365 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36366 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36367 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36368 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36369 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36370 generating the configuration.
36372 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36373 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36374 configurations in speedbar.
36376 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36379 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36380 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36381 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36382 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36383 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36384 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36385 information. New compilers can be added.
36387 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36388 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36391 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36392 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36393 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36394 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36395 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36397 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36398 command:
36400 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36401 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36402 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36406 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36407 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36408 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36409 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36410 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36411 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36412 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36414 Limitations:
36415 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36416 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36417 not (yet) supported.
36418 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36419 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36423 PROJECTS:
36424 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36425 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36426 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36427 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36428 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36429 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36430 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36431 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36433 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36434 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36435 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36438 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36439 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36440 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36441 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36442 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36443 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36446 SPECIAL MENUES:
36447 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36448 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36450 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36451 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36452 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36453 current directory for VHDL source files.
36456 VHDL STANDARDS:
36457 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36458 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36461 KEYWORD CASE:
36462 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36463 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36464 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36465 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36466 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36467 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36468 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36469 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36472 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36473 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36474 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36475 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36476 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36477 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36478 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36480 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36481 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36482 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36483 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36484 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36485 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36487 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36488 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36489 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36490 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36491 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36492 visually.
36494 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36495 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36496 highlighted if written in lower case.
36499 highlighted using a different background color if option
36500 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36502 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36504 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36505 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36506 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36509 USER MODELS:
36510 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36511 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36512 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36515 HIDE/SHOW:
36516 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36517 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36518 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36519 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36520 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36523 CODE UPDATING:
36524 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36525 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36526 Limitations:
36527 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36528 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36529 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36530 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36531 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36532 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36533 (used to obtain the port names).
36534 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36535 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36536 sensitivity lists.
36539 CODE FIXING:
36540 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36541 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36544 PRINTING:
36545 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36546 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36547 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36548 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36549 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36550 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36551 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36552 printers.
36555 OPTIONS:
36556 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36558 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36559 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36562 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36565 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36566 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36567 INSTALL file).
36569 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36573 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36575 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36581 HINTS:
36582 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36583 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36585 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36587 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36589 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36592 RELEASE NOTES:
36593 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36596 Maintenance:
36597 ------------
36600 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36602 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36604 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36605 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36606 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36607 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36609 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36610 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36611 where the latest version can be found.
36614 Known problems:
36615 ---------------
36617 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36618 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36619 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36620 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36623 The VHDL Mode Authors
36624 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36626 Key bindings:
36627 -------------
36631 \(fn)" t nil)
36633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36635 ;;;***
36636 \f
36637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36638 ;;;;;; 0))
36639 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36641 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36642 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36644 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36646 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36647 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36648 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36649 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36651 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36653 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36654 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36656 \(fn)" t nil)
36658 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36659 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36660 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36661 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36665 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36666 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36668 \(fn)" t nil)
36670 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36673 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36675 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36678 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36682 ;;;***
36683 \f
36684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36685 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36687 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36688 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36689 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36691 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36693 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36694 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36695 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36696 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36698 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36700 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36701 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36703 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36705 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36706 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36707 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36708 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36709 moving around in the buffer.
36710 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36711 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36713 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36715 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36717 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36718 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36719 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36720 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36722 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36723 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36724 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36725 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36726 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36728 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36730 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36732 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36733 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36734 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36735 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36736 buffer.
36738 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36739 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36740 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36741 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36742 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36744 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36748 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36749 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36750 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36751 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36752 moving around in the buffer.
36753 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36754 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36756 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36758 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36759 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36760 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36762 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36763 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36764 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36765 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36767 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36768 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36769 own View-like bindings.
36771 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36773 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36774 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36775 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36776 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36777 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36778 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36779 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36781 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36783 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36785 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36786 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36787 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36789 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36790 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36791 own View-like bindings.
36793 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36795 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36796 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36797 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36798 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36799 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36800 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36801 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36803 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36805 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36807 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36808 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36809 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36811 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36812 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36813 own View-like bindings.
36815 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36817 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36818 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36821 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36823 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36824 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36825 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36826 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36830 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36832 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36835 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36836 to a repeat count of one.
36838 H, h, ? This message.
36839 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36842 > move to the end of buffer.
36845 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36847 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36848 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36849 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36852 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36854 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36855 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36857 Use this to view a changing file.
36861 . set the mark.
36862 x exchanges point and mark.
36864 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36865 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36868 s do forward incremental search.
36869 r do reverse incremental search.
36870 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36871 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36872 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36873 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36876 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36880 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36881 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36883 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36888 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36889 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36898 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36902 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36903 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36904 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36905 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36906 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36907 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36908 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36909 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36910 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36912 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36914 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36916 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36917 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36918 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36919 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36920 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36921 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36923 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36924 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36925 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36927 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36929 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36931 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36933 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36934 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36936 \(fn)" t nil)
36938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36940 ;;;***
36941 \f
36942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36944 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36946 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36947 Toggle Viper on/off.
36948 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36950 \(fn)" t nil)
36952 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36953 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36955 \(fn)" t nil)
36957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36959 ;;;***
36960 \f
36961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36962 ;;;;;; 0))
36963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36967 ;;;***
36968 \f
36969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36974 ;;;***
36975 \f
36976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36977 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36982 ;;;***
36983 \f
36984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36985 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36990 ;;;***
36991 \f
36992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36993 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36998 ;;;***
36999 \f
37000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37001 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37006 ;;;***
37007 \f
37008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37009 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37014 ;;;***
37015 \f
37016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37017 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37021 ;;;***
37022 \f
37023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37024 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37028 ;;;***
37029 \f
37030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37031 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37035 ;;;***
37036 \f
37037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37038 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37042 ;;;***
37043 \f
37044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37045 ;;;;;; 0))
37046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37048 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37049 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37050 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37051 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37052 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37053 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37054 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37055 the beginning of the warning.")
37057 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37058 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37059 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37060 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37061 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37062 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37063 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37064 also call that function before the next warning.")
37066 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37067 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37069 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37070 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37071 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37072 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37074 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37075 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37076 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37077 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37078 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37079 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37081 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37082 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37083 Default is :warning.
37085 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37086 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37087 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37088 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37089 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37090 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37092 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37093 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37094 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37096 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37098 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37099 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37101 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37103 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37104 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37106 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37107 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37109 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37110 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37111 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37112 can be whatever you like.)
37114 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37115 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37117 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37118 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37119 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37120 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37121 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37123 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37125 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37126 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37127 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37128 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37129 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37131 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
37135 ;;;***
37136 \f
37137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37138 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37139 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37141 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37142 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37144 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37145 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37147 directories to reflect your edits.
37149 See `wdired-mode'.
37151 \(fn)" t nil)
37153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37155 ;;;***
37156 \f
37157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37160 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37161 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37163 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37164 hotlist.
37166 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37167 <nwv@acm.org>.
37169 \(fn)" t nil)
37171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37173 ;;;***
37174 \f
37175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37176 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37178 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37179 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37181 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37183 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37184 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37185 See the `which-function-mode' command
37186 for a description of this minor mode.
37187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37189 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37191 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37193 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37194 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37199 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37200 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37201 in certain major modes.
37203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37207 ;;;***
37208 \f
37209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37210 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37211 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37213 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37214 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37216 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37218 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37219 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37221 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37222 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37226 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37227 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37229 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37231 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37232 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37234 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37235 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37236 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37237 use `whitespace-mode'.
37239 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37243 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37244 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37245 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37246 for a description of this minor mode.
37247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37249 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37251 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37253 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37254 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37256 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37258 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37259 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37261 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37262 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37266 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37267 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37268 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37269 for a description of this minor mode.
37270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37272 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37274 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37276 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37277 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37279 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37281 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37282 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37284 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37285 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37286 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37287 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37289 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37293 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37294 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37296 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37297 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37299 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37300 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37302 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37304 CHAR MEANING
37305 (VIA FACES)
37306 f toggle face visualization
37307 t toggle TAB visualization
37308 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37309 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37312 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37313 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37314 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37315 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37316 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37317 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37318 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37319 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37320 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37321 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37322 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37323 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37325 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37326 T toggle TAB visualization
37327 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37328 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37330 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37331 ? display brief help
37333 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37334 The valid symbols are:
37336 face toggle face visualization
37337 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37338 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37339 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37342 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37343 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37344 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37345 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37346 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37347 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37348 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37349 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37350 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37351 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37352 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37353 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37355 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37356 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37357 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37359 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37361 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37363 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37365 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37366 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37368 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37369 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37371 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37372 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37374 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37376 CHAR MEANING
37377 (VIA FACES)
37378 f toggle face visualization
37379 t toggle TAB visualization
37380 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37381 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37384 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37385 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37386 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37387 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37388 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37389 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37390 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37391 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37392 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37393 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37394 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37395 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37397 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37398 T toggle TAB visualization
37399 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37400 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37402 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37403 ? display brief help
37405 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37406 The valid symbols are:
37408 face toggle face visualization
37409 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37410 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37411 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37414 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37415 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37416 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37417 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37418 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37419 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37420 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37421 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37422 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37423 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37424 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37425 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37427 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37428 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37429 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37431 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37433 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37437 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37438 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37440 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37441 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37442 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37444 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37446 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37448 The problems cleaned up are:
37450 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37451 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37452 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37453 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37455 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37456 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37457 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37458 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37459 SPACEs.
37460 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37461 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37462 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37463 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37465 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37466 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37467 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37468 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37469 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37470 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37471 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37472 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37474 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37475 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37476 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37478 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37479 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37480 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37481 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37482 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37483 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37484 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37485 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37487 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37488 documentation.
37490 \(fn)" t nil)
37492 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37493 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37495 The problems cleaned up are:
37497 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37498 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37499 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37500 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37501 SPACEs.
37502 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37503 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37504 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37505 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37507 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37508 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37509 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37510 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37512 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37513 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37514 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37516 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37518 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37520 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37521 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37522 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37523 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37524 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37525 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37527 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37529 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37530 documentation.
37532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37534 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37535 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37537 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37539 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37541 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37542 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37544 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37545 non-nil.
37548 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37549 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37550 significant.
37552 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37553 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37554 report problems.
37556 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37558 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37559 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37560 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37561 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37562 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37563 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37564 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37566 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37567 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37568 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37569 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37570 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37571 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37572 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37574 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37575 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37576 cleaning up these problems.
37578 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37582 ;;;***
37583 \f
37584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37585 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37587 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37588 Browse the widget under point.
37590 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37592 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37593 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37595 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37597 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37598 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37600 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37602 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37603 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37605 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37606 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37612 ;;;***
37613 \f
37614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37615 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37617 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37618 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37620 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37622 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37623 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37624 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37626 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37628 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37629 Create widget of TYPE.
37630 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37632 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37634 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37635 Delete WIDGET.
37637 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37639 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37640 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37642 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37644 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37645 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37646 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37647 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37649 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37650 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37652 \(fn)" nil nil)
37654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37656 ;;;***
37657 \f
37658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37659 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37661 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37662 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37663 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37665 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37666 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37667 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37671 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37672 Select the window above the current one.
37674 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37675 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37676 negative ARG) of the current window.
37677 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37681 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37682 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37683 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37685 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37686 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37687 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37691 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37692 Select the window below the current one.
37693 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37695 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37696 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37697 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37701 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37702 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37703 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37704 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37706 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37710 ;;;***
37711 \f
37712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37713 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37715 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37716 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37717 See the `winner-mode' command
37718 for a description of this minor mode.
37719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37721 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37723 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37725 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37726 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37731 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37732 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37734 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37735 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37736 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37742 ;;;***
37743 \f
37744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37745 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37746 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37748 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37749 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37750 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37752 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37754 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37756 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37757 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37758 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37759 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37760 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37761 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37762 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37763 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37765 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37766 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37768 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37770 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37771 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37773 \(fn)" t nil)
37775 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37776 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37777 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37778 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37779 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37780 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37781 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37782 `woman' command for further details.
37784 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37786 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37787 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37789 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37793 ;;;***
37794 \f
37795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37796 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37800 ;;;***
37801 \f
37802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
37803 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
37805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
37807 ;;;***
37808 \f
37809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37810 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37812 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37813 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37814 Return the top node with all its children.
37815 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37817 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37818 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37819 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37823 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37824 namespace to URIs instead.
37826 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37827 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37829 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37831 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37833 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37835 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37836 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37837 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37838 not contain well-formed XML.
37840 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37841 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37842 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37843 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37844 element of the list.
37845 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37846 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37847 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37851 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37852 namespace to URIs instead.
37854 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37855 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37857 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37859 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37861 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37865 ;;;***
37866 \f
37867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37868 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37870 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37871 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37872 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37873 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37874 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37875 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37876 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37877 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37878 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37879 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37881 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37885 ;;;***
37886 \f
37887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37890 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37893 \(fn)" nil nil)
37895 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37898 \(fn)" t nil)
37900 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37901 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37903 \(fn)" nil nil)
37905 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37906 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37907 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37908 prompt for it.
37910 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37911 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37912 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37913 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37915 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37917 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37918 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37920 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37922 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37923 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37925 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37927 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37928 Find references to the identifier at point.
37929 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37931 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37933 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37934 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37935 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37937 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37938 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37939 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37940 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37941 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37942 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37943 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37945 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37946 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37947 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37948 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37950 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37954 ;;;***
37955 \f
37956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37961 ;;;***
37962 \f
37963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37964 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37968 ;;;***
37969 \f
37970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37971 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37973 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37974 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37975 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37976 for a description of this minor mode.
37977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37978 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37979 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37981 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37983 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37984 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37989 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37990 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37991 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37992 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37993 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37994 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38000 ;;;***
38001 \f
38002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38003 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38005 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38006 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38007 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38008 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38010 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38014 ;;;***
38015 \f
38016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38019 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38020 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38022 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38024 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38025 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38027 \(fn)" nil nil)
38029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38031 ;;;***
38032 \f
38033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38038 ;;;***
38039 \f
38040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38043 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38044 Zone out, completely.
38046 \(fn)" t nil)
38048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38050 ;;;***
38051 \f
38052 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38053 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
38054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
38055 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
38056 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
38057 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
38058 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
38059 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
38060 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
38061 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
38062 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
38063 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38064 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
38065 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38066 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38067 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38068 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38069 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38070 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38071 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38072 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38073 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38074 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
38075 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
38076 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
38077 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
38078 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
38079 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38080 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38081 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38082 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
38083 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
38084 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38085 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
38086 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38087 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38088 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el"
38089 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38090 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
38091 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
38092 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el"
38093 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38094 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38095 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38096 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
38097 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
38098 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
38099 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
38100 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
38101 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
38102 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "facemenu.el"
38103 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el"
38104 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el"
38105 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
38106 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
38107 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38108 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38109 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38110 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38111 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38112 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38113 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38114 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38115 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38116 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38117 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38118 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38119 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38120 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38121 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38122 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38123 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38124 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38125 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
38126 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
38127 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
38128 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
38129 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
38130 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
38131 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
38132 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38133 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38134 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
38135 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
38136 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38137 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38138 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38139 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38140 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38142 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38143 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38144 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38145 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
38146 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
38147 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
38148 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
38149 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
38150 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el"
38151 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el" "register.el"
38152 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el"
38153 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el"
38154 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
38155 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38156 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
38157 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
38158 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el" "vc/ediff-hook.el"
38159 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (0
38160 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
38162 ;;;***
38163 \f
38164 (provide 'loaddefs)
38165 ;; Local Variables:
38166 ;; version-control: never
38167 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38168 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38169 ;; coding: utf-8
38170 ;; End:
38171 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here